,  EPA-AA-SDSB 81-8
                        Technical Report
         A Summary and Analysis of Comments Received in
         Response to the EPA/NHTSA Information Request
        Regarding the Effects of Test Procedure Changes
                      on Fuel Economy
                               by
                         James Hourihane,
                        Glenn D. Thompson
                              and
                         Edward LeBaron
                         November 1980
                             NOTICE
Technical Reports do not necessarily  represent  final  EPA  decisions
or positions.   They  are  intended to present technical  analysis  of
issues using data  which  are currently  available.   The purpose  in
the  release of such reports is  to  facilitate the  exchange  of
technical information and to inform the  public  of  technical  devel-
opments which may form the  basis  for a final  EPA decision,  position
or regulatory action.

            Standards Development and  Support Branch
              Emission Control  Technology Division
          Office of Mobile  Source Air  Pollution  Control-
              -Office of  Air,  Noise and  Radiation
              U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency

-------
                             CHAPTER 1

                           INTRODUCTION

     This  document  presents,  summarizes  and  analyzes  vehicle
manufacturers' responses  to the  joint  EPA/NHTSA request  for  in-
formation on the  effects on fuel  economy of changes made in the EPA
test  procedures  since  1975.   The  responses were  solicited by
mailing the EPA/NHTSA questionaires dated  on March 12, 1979 to the
vehicle  manufacturers.   Comments  were  received  from  Toyota,
Volkswagen, General  Motors,  Ford, Chrysler,  and  American Motors.
We would like to express our appreciation for the efforts required
of the manufacturers  in the preparation  of  their very informative
comments.   We hope  that this analysis  will be  of  corresponding
value to its readers.

     This document is divided into eight chapters.   Each  of chap-
ters 2 through 8  discusses  one of the  seven subject  categories of
the original  questionnaire,  namely:   the fuel economy  effects of
shift  schedules,  alternate dynamometer  adjustments,  accessories,
inertia weight changes,  emission  standards, a general  category,  and
light-duty truck  road  load.

     Each  chapter consists of a  presentation  of the EPA/NHTSA
introductory  statement  and  questions posed  to the manufacturers.
Each question  is  followed by a  summary  of  the  comments  received
from the automobile manufacturers.  In those areas where sufficient
information was made  available to  the EPA an analysis  and a summary
of the issue are  presented.

     Summaries of the responses  to each  question  by the individual
manufacturers  are  provided  as appendices to this report.

-------
                             CHAPTER 2

                    SHIFT SCHEDULE MODIFICATIONS

I.   Introductory

     In  1975,  EPA  regulations  provided  that  test  vehicles  with
manual  transmissions  would normally  be  shifted at  15,  25 and  40
mph.   In order to provide more  appropriate  (representative)  shift
schedules  for unusual  vehicles,  the  regulations also  provided  the
option of shifting at shift points recommended by the manufacturer.

     On  July  16,  1976 the 15,  25  and 40 mph default  shift points
were deleted  from the regulations and all vehicles  shifted accor-
ding  to  their manufacturer's  recommendation  to  the  ultimate
purchaser.   EPA soon began to  receive  shift point  requests  which
appeared to  be selected primarily  to minimize emissions or  to
maximize fuel  economy,  and  did not  seem  to reflect  consumer
use of  the  vehicle.   EPA  investigated  this  problem and  concluded
that many of  the shift schedules requested by vehicle manufacturers
were unrepresentative of typical  vehicle  use.1/,2/

     In  order to  ensure more representative  shift schedules in  the
future, EPA defined acceptable  shift  schedules in Advisory Circular
No. 72 which provides that  the  allowable  shift schedules are either
the 15-25-40  mph  schedule originally  presented  in the  regulations,
a shift schedule developed  by  EPA which  is based on a percentage  of
the maximum recommended engine rpm, or any other recommended  shift
schedule which is  based  on  typical  vehicle use data.

II.  Summary of Comments

     Question 1:  "in 1974,  and  separately in 1975, what percentage
of  your  product  line was represented by  test vehicles shifted  at
speeds other than  the 15-25-40 mph  schedule?"

 N   Answers:    Five  respondents stated that  100  percent  of  their
1974 product line was  represented  by test vehicles shifted  at
15-25-40 mph.   One respondent  stated  their test vehicles were not
shifted according  to  the 15-25-40 mph  schedule.

     Four of  the respondents stated that  100 percent of their 1975
product  line  was  represented by  test  vehicles shifted at  15-25-40
mph; the fifth respondent stated that all of  their carlines and  93
percent  of  their  trucklines were  shifted using the 15-25-40 mph
schedule: the sixth  stated  that most of their vehicles were shifted
at speeds other  than  15-25-40 mph.

     Question 2:    "For  those vehicles  shifted at other  than the
15-25-40 mph schedule,  what shift  speed schedules were used?"

-------
                                   —2—
     Answers,:   For  1974 only  one respondent stated  that  shift
schedules other  than the  15-25-40 mph  schedule had  been  used.
Their shift schedules were:

                         18-40 mph (LDV),
                         18-30 mph (LOT),
                     and 18-30-40 mph  (LDT)

     For  1975,  two  respondents  stated that  alternate shift sched-
ules had been used.   These schedules were  as  follows:

                Vehicle Speed at Shift Points  (mph)

               lst/2nd        2nd/3rd         3rd/4th

                 10              20             40
                 20              30
                 20              35
                 20              20
                 20              30             40
                 10              15             30
                 20              25             30
                 25            25-40*
                 15            18-25*            40

*     Shift whenever  a  cruise within  the  specified  range has been
reached.

     Question 3:   "What  data  are available  to indicate  that  those
1974 and 1975 alternate shift  schedules were more representative of
consumer use than  the 15-25-40 mph schedule?"

     Answers;   No respondents provided data  to indicate that  the
alternate  shift   schedules  were  more  representative of consumer
use.  Two of the  respondents stated that in their  owner's manuals,
they have  advised  their customers to  use  the alternative  shift
schedules because:   (1)  they,  "recognized the in-use fuel economy
improvement  possible"  or (2)  "it is  our obligation  to recommend
customer operation of  the  vehicle  that  is  both  practical  and
efficient."  A third respondent  stated that  they  recommended  the
alternate shift points through the owner's manual  because, "it  was
appropriate for  off-road"  manual transmission  type   vehicles.

     Question 4:   "What  shift schedule changes have been typically
used after 1975?"

     Answers:  One of the respondents  indicated that they had used
alternate shift schedules  but did not  describe them numerically.
Another  respondent  stated  that they  did  not deviate  from  the
15-25-40 mph shift schedule totally.   A  third noted that they  had
deviated once  and used  a  15-25-30 mph  shift schedule   on two  of

-------
                                    -3-
their models.   The  last  three respondents used one or more of  the
following shift schedules:

     a)   20-25 mph
     b)   20-35 mph
     c)   20-25-40  mph   (shift whenever cruise speed  has been
          reached)
     d)   5-15-25 mph
     e)   10-15-30 mph
     f)   10-20-30 tnph  (shift directly to 4th  gear once stabilized
          at 25 mph)
     g)   10-20-35 mph  (shift directly to 4th  gear
          once stabilized at 25 mph)
     h)   10-25-25-mph  (shift directly to 4th  gear once stabilized
          at 25 mph)
     i)   15-25-40 mph  (shift directly to 4th  gear once stabilized
          at 25 mph)
     j)   20-25-30 mph
     k)   20-30-40 mph
     1)   16-17-38 mph  (based on RPM)
     m)   13-^24-31 mph (based on a  consumer survey)
     n)   10-20-35-45 mph
     o)   10-20-35-45* mph  (*cruise  =  25  mph)
     p)   15-26-37-57 mph
     q)   15-26-38-58 mph
     r)   10-20-40 mph
     s)   15/18-25/30 mph
     t)   10/15-20/25-30  mph

     Question 5:  "What effect has  the  use of these post-1975 shift
changes had  on specific fuel economies?"

     Answers:   One  respondent stated that they had not determined
the effects  of  these  changes  on fuel economy.   Another respondent
using  a 1977  model year  vehicle,  compared  the fuel economies
obtained with the 15-25-40 mph and an  alternate shift schedule and
observed that  their  alternate shift  schedule  realized a city fuel
economy  increase  of  13  percent  (3.0  mpg).   A third  stated that
one of their vehicles showed an 8 percent  reduction in fuel economy
caused by the  1979  shift  schedule restrictions.   The  fourth  re-
spondent stated  that  tests performed  with  several  vehicles using
their  recommended  and  the EPA's (RPM method)  shift schedules
resulted in city  fuel economy losses  of  from  6.4 to 17.8 percent
(1.4 to  2.6 mpg).   The  last  respondent  stated  that their  1979
certification program  caused  a reduction  in  measured fuel economy
of about 1.0 mpg (composite).

     Question 6:  "What effect has  the  use of these post-1975 shift
changes had  on your  corporate  average fuel economy?"

-------
                                     -4-
     Answers:    The responses of  those commenters claiming an
effect  on  their  CAFE are  summarized  in the  following table.

                       Estimated CAFE Effect
          Respondent           LDV                LPT

              A           2% (0.40 mpg)              5%
              B               0.06 mpg           0.13 mpg
              C               0.08 mpg
              D               0.30 mpg           0.60 mpg

     Question 7:  "What data can you present  to  indicate that these
post-1975 shift  schedules  are more representative of  consumer
vehicle use than the 15-25-40 mph schedule?"

     Answers:   Two respondents stated that  they had  demon-
strated  the  representativeness  of  alternate  shift  schedules  on
several of their models and  supplied  such  findings  to EPA.  One of
these  stated  that  they were  conducting  similar  research  on other
engine families.

     Question 8:   "What  data can  you present  to demonstrate that
the  fuel  economy  improvements  obtained  with the  post-1975 shift
schedules were obtained in consumer use of  the vehicles."

     Answers:    No data were  presented  in response to  this ques-
tion.  One respondent  suggested that, "if  the shift schedules were
optimized with respect  to  the EPA cycle,  the  f.uel economy for these
vehicles would be  from 2  to 4.5 percent  better than that obtained
with  'default1  shift   schedule" and  "since any  survey  of consumer
driving patterns is not likely to show shifting at the true optimum
the  potential gain  .   . . would be some  fraction of the  2 to 4.5
percent obtainable."

     Another  respondent  stated, "we  believe  intuitively  that  our
consumers  are witnessing  the  same  comparative  gain  seen  during
testing . . .  cycles."

     Question 9:   "As  more  efficient  automatic .transmissions  are
phased  in,  what will  the relationship between manual-  and auto-
matic-equipped  vehicles be with  respect to EPA  measured  fuel
economy using 1975 and  using post-1975 shift  schedules?

     Answers;    Four  respondents  indicated  that  as automatic
transmissions  become more efficient  the  fuel economy differential
obtained with automatic and manual transmissions  will  be reduced.
One of these specifically  referred  to small vehicles only.  Another
indicated that post-1975 manual  transmission equipped vehicles were
expected  to achieve an average  of 8 to  12 percent  higher  fuel
economies than  their automatic  transmission  equipped  vehicles  and

-------
                                    -5-
that  in  1975  their  manual transmission  equipped vehicles had
achieved  approximately  10  to  15  percent  better  fuel  economies  than
those with automatic transmissions.

     The  fifth  respondent  did not  anticipate  that  the  10  percent
fuel  economy  advantage  (combined  city/highway)  that manual  shift
transmissions currently  have over  automatic  transmissions would  be
overcome  in the foreseeable future.

     Question 10:   "What data can  you  present  to indicate  manual
transmissions will be more or less  efficient  in  actual  vehicles use
compared with more efficient automatic transmission?"

     Answers;    One  respondent  stated  that,  based  on their  1974
study of  executive  lease vehicles   (sub-compact imports  and  light-
duty  trucks), manual  transmission  vehicles showed an  average  fuel
economy advantage of  11.5  percent  over those with automatic  trans-
missions.    This  respondent  also  stated that  utilization  of the
lockup  torque  converter  is expected to improve  the  automatic
transmission's fuel  economy by about 2 percent.  "This  improvement,
which occurs  principally during  highway operation,   is expected  to
reduce the 'in-use'  benefits of manual transmissions  to the general
driving public from about  10 to  about 8 percent."   The  other  five
respondents did not  provide any actual vehicle use data.

     Question 11:   "Do  you have  any programs underway to optimize
automatic  transmission shift schedules to the EPA test cycles?   If
so, please describe."

     Answers:    One  respondent  stated that they  had,  "no program
underway  to  change  schedules."   Another stated  that  they, "have
developed a simulation model to  obtain automatic transmission
optimized curves  for  better fuel economy  for  various driving
modes."   A third respondent  stated that they  had  no  programs  to
optimize automatic transmission shift schedules  with  respect  to the
EPA test cycles,  but instead  that,  "shift schedules are dictated  by
customers   acceptance  of  acceleration performance."   The   fourth
respondent stated that  they,  "are  continuously working to improve
and optimize  these  transmissions  and  their  shift  schedules."

     Question 12:   The  existing  shift schedule restrictions allow
you to  use any  manual   transmission  shift  schedule that you  can
demonstrate is or will  be in  typical  use.   Do you  intend  to en-
courage your vehicle purchasers to  use alternate shift  schedules  so
that those schedules can be used  during fuel economy  testing?  Will
this action be accompanied  by transmission changes, such as the use
of additional or wide ratio  gears?   What fuel economy benefits  do
you expect?"

     Answers:   Three  respondents noted that the  use of  alternate
shift  schedules will  not be  encouraged to  purchasers.   One  of the

-------
                                    -6-
above  respondents  stated that they  "are  studying  and planning to
use  wide ratio  gear sets  in  our future manual .  .  .  transmis-
sions."   The  other  three respondents stated that they intended to
encourage purchasers to use alternate shift  schedules  provided that
it improves fuel  economy as well as performance. Two of these did
not  indicate  whether  this  action would be  accompanied  by trans-
mission changes.   The third   intends to  pursue product design
improvements,  such as  wide  ratio  transmission gears and added that
"the  potential  fuel  economy gains from manual transmission impro-
vements  cannot  be recognized  with   the current  EPA  certification
procedures."

III.  Analysis

     In response to the question about the shift schedules used in
the  1974 and  1975  exhaust emission  and  fuel economy  tests,  all
but  one  commenter  stated that virtually all of  their  manual
transmission equipped vehicles were  shifted  according  to  the
standard EPA 15-25-40 mph shift schedule.

     In  1975, the majority of a  large  and  a small manufacturer's
vehicles  were tested  with  shift  schedules  which  deviated from the
15-25-40  mph  shift  schedule.  Generally,  the  alternate  schedules
requested shifts at  higher speeds than the default shift schedules.
These higher speeds  tended  to  occur  on  the 1st  to 2nd and the 2nd
to 3rd  gear changes.   The prevailing requested  shift point speeds
were   20  mph  and 30 mph,  respectively.  No  data  were presented  to
indicate that  these  shift speeds  were  more representative  of
typical vehicle  use  than the  15-25-40  mph default schedule.

     From 1976 through 1978 the number of alternate shift schedules
requested and used increased.  These alternate schedules tended  to
call   for  earlier  (lower speed)  shifting than the  standard sched-
ule.    The predominant speeds used for the  1st to  2nd,  the 2nd  to
3rd,  and the  3rd to 4th gear changes  were  10, 20, and  30 mph,
respectively.

     The  respondents  stated that these alternate  shift  schedules
improved  the measured  fuel  economies of specific light-duty vehi-
cles  by amounts  ranging from 0.2  to  2.6 mpg  (6 to.18 percent).  The
average effect was approximately  1.2 mpg.   This  effect,  expressed
in terms of a  change  in  mpg,  is  relatively large, primarily,
because manual transmissions are  most  frequently used in smaller,
more  efficient,  vehicles.

     Although  the effects of the  shift schedule changes on specific
vehicles  are  significant,  their  effect on the  corporate  average
fuel  economy is  much smaller for most manufacturers  because of  the
small  percentage  of  vehicles sold with  manual  transmissions.
Estimates of the  effect  on the CAFE of the alternate shift sche-
dules  ranged  from 0.06  to 0.13 mpg or approximately 0.3  to  0.6

-------
                                     —7—
percent  for  light-duty vehicles.   For light-duty trucks, the range
of  the  reported effect was  0.1  to  0.6 mpg.  A computed arithmetic
average of the  effect  on  the CAFE is  about  0.2 mpg for both LDV and
LDT.  This average  is not sales weighted and is therefore signifi-
cantly  affected by  the  small sales  volume manufacturer  whose
product line includes  a large  fraction of small manual transmission
vehicles.

     Advisory Circular No. 72,  introduced by EPA for the 1979 model
year, required  that if an  alternate shift schedule is to be used by
EPA  the  request for that  schedule must  be  supported by data indi-
cating  that  the  requested  schedule  is  representative  of  typical
vehicle use.    Two  manufacturers  responded  that  they had  met this
criterion  and  have used  alternate  shift schedules  for  their 1979
and/or  1980  vehicles.   (One of these requested  an alternate shift
schedule  for a turbo-charged  vehicle.   The requested  speeds  for
the  1st to 2nd  and  the 2nd to 3rd gear changes were 13 and 24 mph,
respectively.   These  were quite  near the  default,  15  and  25 mph,
speed points.   The 3rd  to 4th gear  change occurs at  a point when
the  turbo-charger has  a  significant  effect  the  shift speed and was
substantially reduced  from 40 mph to  35 mph.)

     No data were presented to indicate that the lower shift speeds
used  between 1976  and  1978 were more  representative  of  typical
in-use vehicles than  either the  higher  shift  speeds used  in 1974
and  1975 or the default shift schedule.

     Several manufacturers  correctly  stated.that  the  fuel  economy
improvements obtained  from 1976 through 1978 model years could also
be obtained by  in-use  vehicles.   However,  no  data was presented to
substantiate that   such  shift  related  fuel economy benefits  were
actually  being  obtained  by  vehicle  consumers.    One  manufacturer
correctly stated  that if the "shift  schedules were  optimized with
the  EPA  cycle,  the fuel  economy  for these vehicles would be  2  to
4.5  percent  better than  the 'default' shift schedule"  and  "since
any  survey on consumer driving patterns is not likely to show their
shifting  at  true optimum, the  potential  gain  .  . . would  be some
fraction of 2 to 4.5 percent obtainable."

     In regard  to  questions  concerning the  efficiency  of automatic
versus manual   transmissions, manufacturers stated  that  automatic
transmissions will  continue to  improve  and that  the  fuel  economy
disparity between  vehicles  with  automatic and  those with  manual
transmissions will  decrease  from  the  10  to  15  percent  range to the
8 to 12 percent  range.    No  manufacturer  indicated that the  fuel
efficiencies  of improved automatic transmission  equipped  vehicles
would equal  or  exceed those of  vehicles having  manual  transmis-
sions.

IV.   Summary and Conclusions

     In the  1974 model year few  vehicles were tested  using  shift

-------
                                    -8-
.schedule alternates, to the standard 15-25-40 mph schedule..  In  1975
their number  and  proportion increased.   During the 1974 and  1975
model years  the alternate  shift  points  selected  tended  to be  at
speeds higher than the 15-25-40 mph default  schedule.

     From  1976  through  1978 there was  a dramatic increase in  the
use  of  alternate shift  schedules,  but the  speeds used  during
these years  tended  to be  lower  than  the standard  shift  schedule.
Shifting at lower speeds reduces the engine  speed and requires  that
the  engine  produce  a greater  torque.    Under  conditions  of light
engine loading, such as many portions  of  the EPA test cycle, these
changes  in  the engine operational  state result in  increased
engine efficiency.

     The use of  the requested alternate  schedules  in typical
vehicle operation was generally not substantiated.   It appears  that
many  of  these  alternate   shift  schedules evolved  primarily  as a
means to improve the EPA measured fuel  economy.

     Estimates  of the  effect  of  alternate  shift schedules  on  the
CAFE of various manufacturers  ranged from approximately 0.1 mpg  to
0.3 mpg.   The variation in  the  magnitude of the effect  primarily
reflects the  proportion of manual  transmission  vehicles in  product
lines of the various manufacturers.

     Advisory Circular No.  72  requires that if an alternate shift
schedule is used by EPA, the manufacturer must  demonstrate  in  some
fashion  that  this  alternate  schedule will be used  in typical
vehicle operation.   This Advisory  Circular has  greatly reduced  the
use  of  alternate shift  schedules,  however, several manufacturers
have met this criterion  and alternate  shift schedules  continue  to
be used.

     The option  of  an  alternate shift  schedule  still  exists   and
this option is currently used  to about the  same  extent that it was
during the 1974 and  1975 model years.   Therefore, no reduction  in
fuel economy  can be  claimed  due  to alternate shift schedules when
comparing "procedures utilized by the  Administrator"  in  1974  and
1975 versus those utilized at  the  present time.  The recent change
in EPA regulations has not  eliminated  nor restricted  the  use of a
technology  which would  result  in  improved  consumer fuel  economy.

-------
                             CHAPTER 3

                 ALTERNATE DYNAMOMETER ADJUSTMENTS  .

I.   Introductory Statement

     EPA has  always  provided  the option  that  a manufacturer may
request, for  specific vehicles,  dynamometer adjustments which are
different from the values contained in EPA  regulations.  A  request
for such alternate dynamometer power  absorptions must  be supported
by  road test  data  demonstrating  the appropriateness  of  the re-
quest.   In  1975,  the regulations  implied  that manifold pressure
measurements were the required  method  of  generating acceptable road
load data.   Later the manifold pressure  approach was  deleted and,
subsequently,  the  coastdown  technique  has become  the prevalent
method  of  generating supporting  data  for  alternate  dynamometer
power  absorption requests.    An  acceptable  coastdown  procedure,
which  has  been  provided to the industry  as  an EPA  Recommended
Practice, has  been  distributed  as  an Attachment  to Advisory Cir-
cular No. 55B.

II.  Summary of Comments                              .

     Question 1:   "To what  extent  were  alternate  dynamometer
adjustments (DPA) used in  1974,  in 1975?   To what extent are they
currently used?"

     Answers;   One  respondent,  a  foreign manufacturer, noted that
they had  used alternate DPAs  on two out  of nine  1974 models and
four out  of nine 1975 models.   All other  respondents  stated that
they had not  used  alternate DPAs  in  1974  or  1975.  In  1979 three
respondents noted that between  40 to 87 percent  of  their light-duty
vehicles used  alternate  DPAs.   One  of  the respondents indicated
that all of their light-duty trucks used  alternate  DPAs,  too.  Four
respondents stated that  they  intend  in  1980 to use the alternate
DPAs for between 75  and  100 percent of  their light-duty vehicles.

     Question 2:  " To what extent has the  increased use of alter-
nate dynamometer power absorptions  improved your corporate  average
fuel  economy  (CAFE) compared  to  the CAFE value that would be
obtained if:   (1)  dynamometer  power absorptions from  the equation
contained  in  the current  regulations were used  exclusively,  (2)
dynamometer power absorptions from the inertial weight  based table
of  the  1975 regulations  were used  exclusively,  or (3) the use of
alternate  dynamometer power  absorptions  were  restricted  to  the
extent they were used in  1974 or  in 1975?"

     Answers:   Four  respondents  stated that the use of the alter-
nate DPA improved their light-duty vehicle  CAFE compared to either
the  equation  or inertial weight-based table.   One  respondent

-------
                                   -10-
commented that  their  LDT CAFE would  improve  if the 1975  inertial
weight-based  table  were used  for these  vehicles.   The  LDV CAFE
improvements claimed  as  a  result  of  using the alternate DPA were:
(1)  from 0.8 to  1.5  percent,  that  is,  0.2  to 0.4 mpg  relative
to the frontal  area equation, and  (2) approximately 2.5 percent or
about  0.5  mpg  relative  to the inertial  weight-based  table.

     Question 3:   "To  what  extent  does  current EPA  policy (ap-
plicable  Advisory  Circulars) on  alternate  dynamometer adjustment
restrict  your ability to make improvements in vehicle  fuel economy
which would  be  observed in  consumer use  of  the vehicles?  Please
describe."

     Answers:  One respondent stated  that  the current EPA policy on
alternate dynamometer adjustment does not inhibit their ability to
make improvements of fuel economy  which may be observed  in consumer
use.   Another  stated that  they  have not determined  any  such  ef-
fect.   The other  four  respondents  stated that the current  EPA
policy on alternate dynamometer adjustment has been restrictive in
improving their fuel economy in  the following ways:

     a.     Additional and  extensive testing  requirements.
     b.   Not being credited  for improvements of  items,
          such as optional  mirrors, etc.
     c.   Requiring  dynamometer  settings  to  reflect  a
          33  percent  option rate rather than the  fifty
          percent level.
     d.   Confirmation procedures   inhibit the  early imple=
          mentation of improved  product actions.
     e.   Late  changes  and interpretations  of require-
          ments.

     Question 4:   "Have  the administrative  procedures implemented
since  1975  become  burdensome to the point that  time and  money
considerations preclude  their use   in some instances  as compared to
using the standard  Federal  Register  procedures?   Provide  details.

     Answers:   All  of the  respondents  stated  that  the administra-
tive procedures  implemented  since  1975 have become  burdensome  but
did not preclude the use of the alternate dynamometer power adjust-
ments  even  though  they  recognized the  time and  expense  penalty.
One respondent stated  that  if the   "alternate horsepower values  .  .
. are close  to  frontal  area numbers" the  former values "are often
not submitted to  EPA  because of added burden resulting  from con-
firmatory testing."

III.  Analysis

     Alternate dynamometer  adjustments  were only used  by one small
manufacturer in 1974 and  1975.  Therefore, strict interpretation of
"test  procedures utilized by the Administrator  in 1975"  might

-------
                                    -11-
preclude the use  of alternate dynamometer  adjustments  by most
manufacturers, or  restrict  their  use  to a small percentage of the
vehicle fleet.  However,  this option  is  the method  by  which a
manufacturer  obtains credit  for aerodynamic and rolling resistance
improvements  to  a  vehicle  which improve its  fuel  economy during
consumer use.

     Presently alternate dynamometer adjustments are widely used by
major  manufacturers for nearly 100 percent  of  the test  fleet.
.As a result  of this  use,  LDV CAFE's have  improved by about 0.3 mpg
compared with  the  results which  would be obtained  if  current
vehicles  were tested  exclusively according  to  the  1975  inertia
weight-table, or the equation contained  in the  current regulations.

     Some improvement of measured fuel economy might result if the
1975 table were retained for light-duty  trucks.  The truck question
is really  not germane  since  the  inappropriateness  of  the  weight-
table  for  trucks was recognized before  LDT  fuel economy standards
were promulgated and these  standards  were adjusted  to account for
the more  realistic dynamometer  adjustments  which  were anticipated
for LDT's.   This  is basis  for Question 1 of Chapter 8, and is
discussed further under that question.               .

     Manufacturers  did  comment  that  current  testing  requirements
were  somewhat  burdensome,   and  therefore,  alternate  dynamometer
adjustments  were  only  requested  when  significant  benefits  would
be obtained.   One  manufacturer  commented that  EPA policy prevents
credit  for  some  improvements such as optional mirrors.   However,
since  a  manufacturer has  the option of  testing multiple vehicles,
both  for alternate  dynamometer  power  absorptions and for  fuel
economies, this response  is  really  another  version  of  the  earlier
statement  that  alternate dynamometer  power absorptions are  used
only when sufficient benefit is  obtained.

     It should be noted that the use of  alternate dynamometer power
absorptions  is an  optional  procedure  to  be  used at  the  discretion
of the  manufacturer.   When its  use  is  elected  the  manufacturer
logically incurs  the  burden of supplying data to  support  the
requested alternate dynamometer  power  absorption.  One manufacturer
specifically  stated  that  confirmatory tests required by EPA  to be
conducted by  independent  testing organization cost  more  than
$3,000.

     This may well  be too  great a  "burden" when  the proposed
improvement  is an  optional  mirror.    It  should be noted,  however,
that all  major manufacturers  and  many  small manufacturers  ex-
tensively use alternate dynamometer  power  absorptions.

IV.  Summary and  Conclusions

     The use  of  alternate dynamometer power absorptions.currently

-------
                                    -12-
yields approximately 0.3 rapg improvements in corporate average fuel
economies  compared  xvith  those, which  would  be obtained  using the
1975  inertial  weight  table.   Although this option  was  not exten-
sively used  in  1975,  it is  the only mechanism  by which, a manu-
facturer receives  fuel  economy credit for  improvements  in vehicle
aerodynamics or  tire  rolling resistance and  should  be retained to
provide incentive in these areas.

-------
                             CHAPTER A

                            ACCESSORIES

I.   Introductory Statement

     "EPA now  uses  a carline/truckline designation rather  than  an
engine family  designation  for  assigning accessory  load.   Addition-
ally,  carline  and  truckline  have been redefined  to some  degree.
Other than this no  apparent changes have been made  in  the EPA  test
procedure which  would affect the simulation of  vehicle acces-
sories ."

II.  Summary of Comments

     Question 1:   "Has the carline/truckline approach  for  assigning
accessory load had  an effect  on your corporate average fuel econ-
omy?  How?  To what  extent?"

     Answers:   All  of the  respondents  except  two,  claimed  that
switching from the  engine  family  approach  to the carline/truckline
approach did not affect or had  no significant effect  on their
CAFE.   One  of the  two dissenters  stated  that  the 1980  accessory
selection rule, which determines the 33 percent  option criterion  by
carline,  caused  their effective  test  weight  to increase  slightly
and  coupled  with  "some resultant additional power  absorber penal-
ties"  resulted  in  a  0.1  mpg  decline  in  the  1980  CAFE for their
carlines  and  a 0.3 mpg CAFE  decline  for  their trucklines.   The
other  dissenting  respondent claimed  that  the  switch  from engine
family accessory  loading to truckline  accessory  loading  in  1980 had
reduced the fuel economy of their 2-wheel drive' truck fleet by 0.1
mpg.

     Question  2:    "Do you believe that  there have  been other
changes made in the EPA test procedure which affect the simulation
of  the  load imposed  on the  engine by vehicle  acessories?   What
changes?  What  effect?"

     Answers;  None  of  the respondents were  aware of  any other
changes in the  EPA test procedure  that  have  affected accessory  load
simulat ion.

     Question 3:   "There appears to be an increasing use of acces-
sories,  such  as  air conditioners,  in  small  vehicles.   Is  the
current EPA simulation of air  conditioning (10 percent  increase  in
the  dynamometer  power absorption) adequate  since such  smaller
vehicles  generally  have  reduced  dynamometer  power absorptions?"

     Answers:  Most respondents stated that the current 10 percent
increase in  the power absorption of  the dynamometer  to simulate the
fuel economy effect of air conditioning was  appropriate  for both

-------
                                   -14-
large  and  small  vehicles.   One non-concurring respondent commented
that  the  current EPA  simulation  of  air conditioning results  in  a
1.7  percent  fuel  economy  penalty  for large vehicles and  a  2.3
percent  fuel  economy  penalty for small  vehicles  and,  therefore,
small  vehicles   are  more heavily penalized.   Another  respondent
concurred  with  this  observation  but  also commented that  this  was
appropriate since  the fuel  economy effect of  air  conditioning  was
greatest  on  the smaller,  typically  lower  power-to-weight  ratio
vehicles.

     One respondent  commented that their  subcorapacts  are penalized
relative to the  larger vehicles  since  their  average air condition-
ing  installation rate  (48.7%)  is less than  that  of larger  cars,
i.e.,  compact (75.3%),  intermediate  (80.2%),  and full-size  cars
(95.6%).   Yet EPA treats all of the classes equally since  in  all
instances the installation rate exceeds 33 percent.

     Question 4:  "What would  be the effect on  your corporate
average  fuel  economy  of  a  more  realistic simulation  of  the  air
conditioning  load."

     Answers:    Three  of  the  respondents  stated  that  the  current
simulation  of air  conditioning  load   is  probably reasonable  and
"realistic" as  an  average  annual  effect.   Four respondents  indi-
cated  improvement of this  procedure  would add "to  further  compli-
cation to  test procedures"  and one stated that the cost impact of
the procedures would  be prohibitive.

     With  regard  to  the fuel  economy  effect of operating  vehicle
air conditioners, one  respondent  stated that  their  vehicles  exper-
ienced a 5 to 10 percent fuel economy penalty.  Another  stated that
using vehicle air  conditioning under FTP  ambient  conditions would
result in about  a 9  percent  fuel  economy penalty.

     In comparison,  three  respondents  stated  that  the  10  percent
increase  in  the power absorption (PAU)  setting  used  by EPA to
simulate vehicle air conditioning resulted in approximately  2 to  4
percent fuel  economy  loss  for their smaller vehicles  and only  2
percent or less  for  their larger  ones.

     Question 5:   "What would be  the   effect of- a more realistic
simulation of other  engine  driven accessories which are not  fully
utilized in the  EPA  test procedure (power  steering;, engine  cooling
fan,  electrical system  load)  on your  corporate average fuel
economy?"

     Answers:   Two  respondents stated  that  they  had  neither con-
ducted any  studies   nor  collected any  data  on the effect  of the
simulation of other  engine-driven accessories on their corporate
average fuel economy.  One 'respondent stated that a more realistic
simulation of power  steering  (movement  of the steering wheel back

-------
                                   -15-
and forth, to activate the system) .would have  a negl igible. effect on
fuel economy.   Another suggested that, at straight ahead driving,
the  EPA measured  fuel economy  is slightly  better  than consumer
use.  One respondent  claimed that  operation of the  electrical
systems would reduce fuel economy.

     Quest ion  6:    "Has the  lack  of  accurate representation of
accessory loading  precluded  or inhibited your development of more
efficient accessories or accessory  drives?"

     Answers:   All respondents commented  that  whether  or  not
accessory  loading  is  realistically  represented,  this  would  not
preclude or  inhibit the development of more efficient  accessories
in order to improve consumer fuel economy.

III. Analysis

     The manufacturers  unanimously  concurred  that  the change from
engine  to carline/truckline  classification was the only change in
the EPA  procedure which has  affected  the treatment of accessories.

     Most manufacturers stated that  switching  from engine  family to
the carline  approach  for  assigning accessory load had no signifi-
cant effect on  their LDV CAFE. However,  one manufacturer did claim
the change  reduced  their 1980 CAFE 0.1  mpg.   In  the  case  of  the
change  from engine  family   to  truckline for  assigning accessory
loads,  two manufacturers  commented that  this  change  caused  a
negative effect of  0.1  mpg  to 0.3  mpg on their truckline CAFE.   A
detailed explanation of how  this  occurred was  not provided, however
reference was made  to  an  earlier more detailed" .submission to DOT.

     It  is  important  to understand  how  fuel  economy  could  be
affected by this change in EPA regulations.  Consider, for example,
light-duty trucks.  Previously, vans and pick-up trucks would have
been grouped together  in a  single  engine  family.   If  there were
equal sales of  trucks and vans and, for example, 50 percent of all
vans were equipped with air  conditioning but only 10 percent of the
pick-ups were  air  conditioned, then air conditioning  would  be
present on only 30  percent  of the  trucks in  the engine family  and
EPA would have  considered a non-air conditioned  vehicle as  appro-
priate to represent  the sales fleet.

     At  the  present time,  EPA separates sales  by  truckline into
pick-up trucks and vans.   If a van were  selected  as  the test
vehicle, then,   since 50  percent  of  these vehicles  were equipped
with air conditioning  the vehicle  would be tested  as  an air con-
ditioned vehicle.   Consequently,  the vehicle would be tested with a
10 percent greater dynamometer power absorption and possibly at  an
increased  test weight  resulting  from the additional weight  of
the air conditioner.

-------
                                   -16-
     In all  instances  it  should be noted that, as a result of  the
change to carline/truckline, the selected vehicle was always tested
in  a manner more  appropriate  for the  carline/truckline repre-
sented.  Furthermore, a manufacturer who believes that  the  selected
test vehicle  does  not  adequately  represent  the  product line,  has
the  option  of  supplying  additional test data  or  additional  test
vehicles.

     In response to  the question regarding the appropriateness of
the current  air conditioner simulation, particularly with respect
to  smaller  vehicles,  the  general comment was  that  the current 10
percent increase in  dynamometer power absorption  was   appropriate
to  simulate  the  average annual  effect  of air conditioning for  all
vehicle sizes.  However, no reference to any data or detailed  study
was provided.

     One manufacturer did comment that  the selection criteria (air
conditioner  simulation  if more than  33 percent  of  carline is
equipped with air conditioners)  tended  to penalize subcompacts more
heavily than  other vehicle categories.   This was  so  because  al-
though air  conditioners were sold  on  only slightly more  than 40
percent  of  their  subcompact vehicles, they were installed on
virtually all  full-sized  vehicles,  and  the  same  percentage dyna-
mometer adjustment  penalty applied  to the test vehicle representing
the subcompact vehicles  as was applied to  the  full-sized  test
vehicle.

     Most manufacturers concurred  that  the  10 percent   increase in
dynamometer adjustment used  by  EPA to  simulate the  effect of  air
conditioners caused a  2 to  4 percent decrease in  measured vehicle
fuel economy.  EPA  estimates  of  the effect  of  air conditioner
simulation  are  generally   in  the  lower portion of  this   range.3/

     In response to a question on the effects of more accurate  air
conditioner simulation most  manufacturers protested that this could
be  prohibitively  complex and  expensive.  One manufacturer did
comment that  actual  use of  air  conditioners  reduced  vehicle  fuel
economy by 5 to 10  percent,  and  therefore, more accurate simulation
of actual use would have a similar effect.

     One approach,  generally  not considered,  would be  for EPA to
accurately  simulate  actual  air  conditioner  use.    Then consumers
could be  presented with a  much  more significant  estimate of  the
cost in fuel  economy,  of  air conditioning and would  have greater
incentive  to  choose more  fuel efficient  vehicles.   Also  with
this approach,  the air conditioning  penalty  could be  applied  to
whatever  percentage of vehicles were actually sold  with air condi-
tioning,  thus  eliminating  the  manufacturers  objections  that   all
classes of  vehicles,  in which more than  33  percent  were   equipped
with air  conditioning,  are  tested  equally.   This  approach  would
require some  additional  testing to accurately assess  the actual

-------
                                    -17-
effect of  the  air  conditioner.   This testing would not necessarily
be  prohibitively  expensive   since  air  conditioners   are  probably
similar  enough  over a large  segment  of  any manufacturer's product
line that  few vehicles would have to be tested.

     As  for  other engine-driven  accessories, some  manufacturers
suggested  that  although  the  power  steering  and  electrical systems
may cause  a  reduction  in measured  fuel  economy any effect would be
small compared to  that of air conditioning.

     Finally, manufacturers  commented that, even  though  not  cred-
ited  in  the EPA  test  procedure,  the  efficiency  of  engine  acces-
sories will  continue  to be  improved to provide  improved consumer
fuel  economy.    In this regard  however,  it  should be noted  that
although DOT  has  projected  significant  consumer  fuel economy
improvements  through  improved  accessory  drive  mechanisms,   such
drives, which would show little  benefit  on  the EPA test procedure,
do not seem to be actively considered by manufacturers.

IV.  Summary

     The change in assigning accessory load from engine to carline/
truckline  families could  have  had  an  effect  on measured CAFEs.
Only one manufacturer claimed such  an effect for its LDV CAFE  while
two manufacturers  claimed  their LDT  CAFEs were  affected.    This
change was  made' to improve  the  accuracy of the  simulation of  the
represented vehicles and has resulted in more accurate  testing  of
the represented  production vehicles.   Additionally,   it  should  be
noted  that  manufacturers have the option of  submitting  additional
test data  or  additional  test vehicles  if  they, wish more  accurate
representation of their entire product  line.'  The  use of this
option would tend  to eliminate any CAFE effects  of the EPA change
to carline/truckline.

     The air  conditioner  simulation  currently  used by EPA under-
states the  fuel consumption  effects  of actual  air conditioner  use.
This simulation may be appropriate to predict the  national aggre-
gate effect  of annual  air conditioner  use,  however, no  detailed
study has been made to  confirm this.

     In  general,  the  manufacturers have commented  that more  fuel
efficient accessories  and  accessory drives are being  developed  to
improve  consumer  fuel  economy  even though  little  benefit is ob-
tained from the effort in the EPA  tests.   However,  little evidence
of significant improvement  in these areas has  been seen.

-------
                             CHAPTER 5
                      INERTIA WEIGHT CHANGES
I.   Introductory Statement

     "Beginning with  the  1980 model  year,  EPA reduced  the incre-
ments of  simulated  inertia by approximately a factor  of two (from
500  pounds  to 250  pounds  for vehicles  over 4,000 pounds).   This
change was  made  to  provide  more accurate  simulation  of  the  test
vehicle weight."

II.  Summary of Comments

     Question 1:    "If the  current  test  weight  increments were
applied first to  the 1974 test vehicle fleet, then to the 1975 test
vehicle fleet, what percentage  of  those vehicles would  have  been
tested.at higher  simulated inertia?  At lower  simulated inertia?"

     Answers:  If the  current  inertia  weight increments  had  been
applied to the 1974 and 1975 fleets, the percentage of  the vehicles
that would  have  been tested  at  the lower  and at  the  higher simu-
lated inertias are as follows:

In  the  case of the 1974 test fleet  (no responses from  the major
manufacturers):
Respondent

     A
     B
 Vehicles (%)
Tested at the
Higher Inertia

      27
      50
     100
      11
 Vehicles (%)
Tested at the
Lower Inertia

      9
      0
      0
     11
                                                             Remarks
LDT (Family 1)
LOT (Family 2)
In the case of the 1975 test fleet:
Respondent

     A
     B
     C
     D
 Vehicles (%)
Tested at the
Higher Inertia

       0
      24
      75
      28
      19
 Vehicles (%)
Tested at the
Lower Inertia

      0
      0
      0
     31
     18
    Remarks
      LDT
      LDV
      LDT
Note:   Response D  represents  the  greatest number  of  sales by  a
major manufacturer.

-------
                                    -19-
     Question 2:   "If. the  current  test  vehicle fleet were  tested
using  the  pre-1979  inertia  increments, what  percentage of  vehicles
would  be  tested  at  the  higher  simulated inertia?   At  the  lower
simulated inertia?"

     Answers:   With  regard  to the current test vehicle  fleet,  the
percentage of  vehicles  that would have  been tested at  the  higher
and  the  lower  simulated  inertia  categories are  as  follows:
Respondent

     A
     B
     C
                   Vehicles (%)
                  Tested at the
                  Higher Inertia

                         0
                         9
                        10
                         0
                         3
                        21
 Vehicles (%)
Tested at the
Lower Inertia

    100
     31
     40
     60
     75
     17
Remarks
  LDT
  LDV
  LDT
  LDV
     One respondent stated that if their  1979 model year  fleet were
tested  according  to the  1980  test  procedure,  their  fleet average
test weight would increase 112 pounds.

     Question 3:  "What additional improvements  in the EPA measured
fuel  economies would  have been  obtained  if  this change  in EPA
inertia categories had  not been made?   What  data exists to indicate
that  these  EPA  measured  fuel  economy improvements  would have been
realized by the consumer  use?"

     Answers:   Five of the six respondents  stated  that  the change
in  inertial  weight  increments resulted  in a  reductions  in mea-
sured fuel economies of from 0.1 to  0.3 mpg.  The sixth stated that
their answers to the question  were "undertermined."

     Only two respondents directly addressed the second part of the
question, both  stated  that the change would not be  detectable to
the consumer.

     Question 4:  "What was the average difference between produc-
tion vehicle weights and  the  EPA simulated  vehicle weights deter-
mined under  the 1980  procedures?   Under the pre-1980 procedures?"

     Answers:   Only  one  respondent  provided data.   Under the
pre-1980 model  year  regulation,  the production  vehicle  weight was
greater than the EPA  simulated  vehicle weight  by  27.9 pounds.
Under  the  1980 regulation the  production  vehicle  weight  is 4.2
pounds less than the EPA  simulated vehicle weight.
     Question  5:   "Are  the above  claimed effects permanent  or
               If  transitory,  what  percentage of  your  fleet  is
             for how  long?   Please explain your answer."
trans itory?
affected and

-------
                                   -20-
     Answers:   Four  respondents stated  that the  effects  were
permanent.  One stated that the fuel economy loss would eventually
level  off  and  the  sixth  stated that the  effects  were transitory
because the sensitivity  of  fuel economy is  anticipated  to  be
changeable depending on future design modifications.

III. Analysis

     If  the  1979   inertia  simulation weights  were applied  to the
1974  and 1975 test  vehicles,  there would have  been little net
effect. As one commenter observed, "As of  1975, the actual weights
of  ... passenger cars and light  trucks were more or less randomly
distributed within each inertia weight category."

     As  vehicle downsizing occurred manufacturers directed  their
goals  toward the  EPA  inertia  categories,  and  consequently in 1979
vehicles tended to be  grouped  near  the  upper  regions  of  the cate-
gories.   This  motivated  EPA to decrease the  test  weight  category
increments and, thereby, to improve the accuracy of the simulation
of  the vehicle road experience during the EPA tests.   As  expected,
this  frequently  reduced the measured  vehicle fuel  economy for
current vehicles.   Most  commenters  expressed  the  opinion  that the
resulting decrease  in 1980 corporate  average fuel  economy was
approximately 0.2  mpg.

     This decrease in  corporate average  fuel  economy was  a result
of  improved  test  accuracy  and did not affect  in-use vehicle  fuel
consumption.    This position  is  supported  by  comments  indicating
that the average difference between the  vehicle design  and the EPA
tests weights significantly decreased in 1980  and  also  by comments
stating that the  in-use.vehicle  fuel  consumption  would be un-
changed.

     Most commenters  objected  to the  change  to  smaller  inertial
weight increments  on the basis that this change eliminated some  of
the gains in measured fuel economy which were  made in the 1977 and
1978 model years.   While these gains may not have  represented real
progress  in reduction of  in-use fuel  consumption,  they were,
nevertheless,  used  in the  progress  of  establishing fuel  economy
standards for future model  year  vehicles.

     Several  manufacturers commented that  the  changes  in  inertial
weight  increments  had a  permanent  effect  on measured fuel  econ-
omies, but others  stated  that  the effect  was  transistory.   It  is
more  logical to  consider the effect transistory  since any losses
can be  recovered  in  future weight  reduction  programs,  since  a
manufacturer would  receive  credit  for  smaller increments  of
weight reduction.   Therefore,  benefits may  be  obtained  from design
refinements  rather than major  redesign efforts.

-------
                                   -21-
IV.  Summary and  Conclusions

     In 1979 EPA  reduced  the  increments of simulated vehicle weight
used during the EPA fuel  economy test for the purpose of improving
the accuracy of the  simulation of  the  vehicle  road experience
during the EPA tests.

     This change reduced the measured fuel  economy of many  1980
model  year test vehicles  because these vehicles tended to fall  near
the upper bounds of  the previous test  weight categories.  The
reduction in the test weight increments would  have had little
effect if applied to  the  1975 test fleet.   Therefore,  this change
in  test  procedure  yields  results  which   are  equivalent to those
obtained  from the test procedure used in 1975.

-------
                             CHAPTER 6

                  EMISSION STANDARD MODIFICATIONS

I.   Introductory Statement

     In other areas of  this  questionnaire  it  is  important  that  the
issue  of test  procedure  changes is not  confused  with comments
related to  emission  standards.   However,  since  some manufacturers
may  wish  to comment  in issues related  to emission  standards  the
following questions are presented.

II.  Summary of Comments

     Question 1;   "Has the  imposition  of  the 1981  emission  stan-
dards  (0.41  g/mi  HC,  3.4 g/mi CO, and  1.0 g/mi  NOx)  inhibited  the
development of alternate engines and control  strategies  relative to
conventional spark ignition (SI) engines?"

     Answers:   The respondents stated  that  the  imposition of  the
1981 emission standards has  inhibited the  development of  alternate
engines  and control  strategies in  two ways.   Three  respondents
stated that the  development efforts  to  meet the  1981  emission
standards,  as  well  as the  current  fuel  economy  standards,  have
diverted  their  capital and  manpower  resources from  the  alternate
engine programs.   Four respondents stated  that they have  been
devoting resources in the development  or improvement  of
alternate engines but were having difficulty  meeting  the  1981
emission standards with them.

     The  diesel  engine was  frequently  mentioned as  an example  of
an  attractive  alternate  engine,  at  least from the fuel economy
standpoint, however,  several manufacturers commented that current
technology on diesel engines could not  simultaneously meet the  1.0
g/mi NOx standard and the proposed particulate standard.

     Question 2:   "On  September 19,  1978,  EPA distributed a draft
Advisory  Circular with  regard  to  emissions   at  temperatures   and
operating  conditions  typical  of  the  urban   environment,  such   as
vehicle operation  at  50°F,  but not  specifically evaluated by  the
FTP.   What  effect  would this draft Advisory Circular have on your
present corporate average fuel economy?  What  effect would it have
on your future  ability  to  improve fuel  economy as measured on  the
EPA  tests  and  in consumer use?   In  particular,  what would be  the
effect  of  this  draft  Advisory Circular on the use of  electronics
and  on the use of other new types  of fuel  economy improvement
technology  such  as  turbocharging,  and variable  displacement   en-
gines?   What data are available  to support  your response?

     Answers:   The majority  of respondents   stated  that  they  did
not have  sufficient data  available  to assess  the potential effect

-------
                                   -23-
this Advisory  Circular  might have, or that  the  application of the
Advisory Circular was. not sufficiently clear to allow an assessment
of the effect.

     Three  respondents  did  state  that  fuel  economy would decrease
with decreased ambient  temperature.   One of  these cited  a study
conducted by the Canadian government.

     Question  3:   "What effect did  the  change by  Congress  of the
1978 light-duty Vehicle Emission  Standards  (0.41  g/mi  HC,  3.4 g/mi
CO,  and  0.4 g/mi NOx)  to  0.41 g/mi HC  for  1980,  3.4  g/mi CO for
1981 (with  possible waiver  to  7.0 g/mi),  and 1.0 NOx for 1981 have
on your 1978 through 1985 corporate average fuel economies?  Please
answer separately for conventional SI engines,  stratified charge SI
engines and diesel engines."

     Answers:  Two respondents indicated that the relaxation of the
emission standards by Congress  had  a  positive  effect on  fuel
economy when compared to the  effect  which would  have been obtained
if the  original more  stringent  standards had  remained.    One  re-
spondent  stated  that the  relaxation of  standards  avoided  a  fuel
economy penalty of  5  percent in model year  1980  and.3 percent for
subsequent  model  years.  Three other respondents stated  that  they
were unable to assess the magnitude of  the effects.

     One respondent stated that failure to grant  a  1980 model  year
NOx  waiver  or  the promulgation of  stringent particulate  standards
may  preclude the inclusion of  the  diesel  engine  in  their  corporate
fleet.    The anticipated effect of  this  loss on CAFE would  be 0.4
mpg  in  the  1982 model  year and  0.8 mpg  in  the 1985  model year.

     Question 4:  "Are  any  synergistic  effects  present  when simul-
taneous changes  are made  in emissions  standards  and  test  proce-
dures,  which  do not  occur  when  one of  those  factors is  changed
alone?   Explain."

     Answers:   One respondent stated that they do not  believe  that.
there are inherent synergistic effects,  three respondents  indicated
that  this was  undetermined,  and two  indicated  that  an  antagonistic
effect   was  evident,  primarily because   of  leadtime  constraints.

III.  Analysis

     This area of  the  questionnaire  addressed  the  effects of
emission standards  on  the  development  of alternate  engines.   An
analysis of this section  of the  questionnaire  responses has  not
been  provided since the  main EPA concern herein is with  the  effects
on fuel economy of changes in  test  procedure and  also  because  very
little  alternate information in this area  is  available.

-------
                                   -24-
IV.  Summary

     Since  no  analysis of  this  section of  the questionnaire was
made  the following  statements,  a condensation of the  received
comments,  are  not necessarily  indicative  of EPA conclusions.

     Most respondents  commented  that  the  current  emission  standards
inhibit the development of alternate engines or  control strategies
either because  of  the demands  on  their resources  of  meeting the
standards with conventional engines or because of the cost or
because  of the uncertainty of meeting current  standards  with
alternate engines.

     With regard to the effects of a proposed Advisory Circular on
measuring  fuel  emissions  and  fuel  economy  under  conditions  not
specifically evaluated by  the current  test  procedure:   most manu-
facturers  commented  that  the effects  of the  application of  this
Advisory Circular were undetermined.

     According  to  the majority  of respondents,  the relaxation of
the NOx emission standard  by  Congress  from 0.4 g/mi  to 1.0 g/mi and
the postponement of the HC and  CO statutory  standards  resulted in
fuel economy gains  compared to fuel economies obtainable under the
original more  stringent standards.  One respondent stated  that  this
relaxation of  the  standards avoided a fuel economy penalty of  3 to
5 percent.  Most  of   the respondents  did  not  quantify  the effect.

     Several manufacturers  commented  that there  is an antagonistic
effect when both emission  standards and test procedures are changed
simultaneously  because  of  generally  inadquate   leadtimes.   Other
commenters indicated   that  no synergistic effects were experienced.

-------
                             CHAPTER 7

                         GENERAL QUESTIONS

I.   Introductory Statement

     "The  following  questions  are not  within  the previous  [or
subsequent]  question  groups.   However,  since  they  address  areas
where  some changes may have  occurred,  your comments  are  reques-
ted."

II.  Summary of Comments and Analysis

     In this chapter the summary of the comments,  the analysis,  and
any conclusions are presented  after  each  individual question since
the questions are not grouped by subject.

     Question 1;   "Emissions and fuel economy  tests  are performed
on vehicles  which are  specially  prepared by the manufacturer  for
these  tests.   Would there  be  an effect  on  your  corporate  average
fuel economy if production vehicles were randomly  selected for fuel
economy testing?  What effect do you estimate?"

     Answers:  Two respondents stated that there would be little or
no effect  on their CAFE.   Two respondents believed  that the pro-
duction vehicle would  have  a  higher  fuel economy  than  its  proto-
type.  Others responded  that the  difference  would be unpredictable
and the procedure impractical.

     Analysis:    EPA  tests  have  indicated  that  in  some  instances
production  vehicles   appear  to obtain  lower fuel  economies  than
their  prototypes   tested  during  the  certification  process. _4/, 5_/

     Question 2:  "What  data can  you present to  indicate that  the
fuel economy improvements  measured on  the EPA tests have also
occurred in consumer vehicle use?"

     Answers:   Some  respondents  stated  that consumer  in-use fuel
economy is  lower  than  the  fuel economy  measured  by the EPA test
procedure.    One  respondent  stated,  that  this  discrepancy  is  de-
creasing.    Two  others stated  that  the  EPA's fuel  economy data is
closely representative  of  the actual  fuel  consumption of  in-use
vehicles.   Two  manufacturers did not  provide data.

     Analysis:   Investigations by EPA concur that,  in general, fuel
economy improvements  measured  according  to the EPA test  procedure
also occur in consumer vehicle use.  However, EPA and DOE observa-
tions  indicate that the  difference between  in-use fuel  economy  and
that measured  by EPA  is increasing.   One manufacturer  concurred
with this  EPA observation  and  commented  that while  their fuel
economy shortfall  has  increased  over  the  years,  their  fuel con-
sumption shortfall has remained constant  at  0.01 gal/mi.

-------
                                   -26-
     Question 3:   "Prior to  the 1975  model year,  all EPA  fuel
economy  measurements  were conducted  on  vehicles selected by. EPA.
Many of  these selected vehicles were "worst case1 offenders  from an
exhaust  emission  standpoint.   Did these  vehicles  also tend  to  be
the  'worst  case1  vehicles from  a  fuel  economy  standpoint?   Since
1975, EPA has allowed  testing  of vehicles  selected  by  the manufac-
turer in the fuel economy program.  To what extent  has  your  corpor-
ate  average  fuel  economy been  improved  since  1975  by  the  addition
of these potentially favorable  test vehicles?"

     Answers:  The  general consensus  among  the commenters was  that
"worst  case" emissions  vehicles  tended  to be  "worst case"  fuel
economy vehicles.

     Most respondents stated that the inclusion of  the  fuel economy
data vehicles had  improved  their CAFE between 0.06 to 0.17 mpg  in
1979.

     Analys is:   No  detailed  data  were  presented  to  confirm  the
stated CAFE benefits of using voluntary data vehicles.  It is  noted
that this option has  been used primarily on an  "as needed" basis.
That is,  if  a  manufacturer was  able to meet the CAFE standards
without using voluntary data vehicles there was little  incentive  to
submit such  data.   Consequently  this option will probably be  used
more extensively used as  the CAFE  standards become  more  stringent.

     Question 4:   "How does EPA  selection process for  fuel economy
testing  influence  a manufacturer's  capability  to  improve its
corporate average fuel economy?  How does it  influence your poten-
tial to make future improvements  in fuel  economy?"

     Answers:  Three of the  respondents had  no  direct comment and a
fourth did not know.   The fifth  respondent had  no  major objection
to  the  EPA  selection  criteria.    One  respondent  stated  that the
running change fuel economy  data  requirements  limited their ability
to incorporate fuel economy improvements.  Another  stated that the
EPA  selection process influenced future  improvements based on
volume considerations.

     An a1y s i s:   No data or information requiring analysis was
presented.

     Question 5:   "It has been an EPA practice that if  laboratory
test results for.a particular vehicle were within 10 percent of the
manufacturer's data  for  the same  vehicle,  EPA  would  use  the EPA
data.  Recently,  however, EPA has used discretionary administrative
actions to select  'official1 test  results upon which the corporate
average  fuel  economy  is  calculated.   Has  this improved  or dimin-
ished  your  corporate average  fuel  economy?   To what extent?"

     Answers:  The majority commented that the selection of "offi-

-------
                                   -27-
cial" test results by EPA had decreased their CAFEs between 0.03 to
0.07 mpg.   One  respondent  stated that  this  change had  not  had a
significant impact on their fleet average fuel economy.

     Analysis:    It  should  be  noted  that  the  vehicles  which  are
selected  for  confirmatory  testing are  those  for  which  the  most
questionable data  have  been  submitted.   Consequently,  it  is  not
surprising that  the  discretionary administrative selection  of the
"official" result  leads  to  a  slight  reduction in  measured  CAFE.

     Question 6:   "The  EPA  test  is  conducted with  Indolene  Clear
test  fuel having  an  octane rating  of nearly 98  RON.  Typical
unleaded  fuel  in the marketplace has  an octane rating of 93 RON.
To what  extent  is  your  corporate average fuel  economy improved by
the use  of higher  octane  fuel  during fuel economy  testing.   What
effect  does  this  difference have  on consumer  use  fuel economy,
wherein  spark  timing retardation may be necessary  to  avoid  objec-
tionable  or  harmful  detonation?   How  has  the  Octane Requirement
Increase  (ORI)  rating of your  engines  changed  with the  switch to
unleaded fuel?"

     Answers:    Most  respondents indicated  that  the use  of 98  RON
Indolene  Clear  test  fuel had little  or  no effect  on  fuel economy
compared to the  use  of  93 RON  fuel.   One respondent indicated that
there would be  an  improvement in  fuel economy with  98 RON fuel for
vehicles  which  were  equipped with knock sensors.    They, however,
did not have any of  these vehicles and  could  present no data.   One
respondent submitted data which  showed  no significant difference
between  the fuel economies of knock sensor  equipped vehicles  using
Indolene  Clear  or  91 RON test  fuels.   Addressing  the question of
spark retardation,  most respondents claimed  little  effect on in-use
fuel economy.   All  respondents  indicated that  their  ORI is slightly
higher for unleaded fuels compared to  leaded fuels.

     Analysis:   Based on the comments received  in response to  this
question there  should  be little or no  objection  to a proposed
change  in  the  test  fuel specifications  to require a  more  repre-
sentative RON fuel.

     Question 7:   "Certification tests  are performed  on vehicles
with a  nominal  accumulated distance  of  4,000 miles.   What was  the
actual  average  accumulated  distance of  the vehicles  used in  your
1975 test  program  and  in your  1979 test program?   Would  you  favor
some other distance for certification  testing?"

     Answers:   Three respondents stated  that their  average certifi-
cation test vehicle mileage was  4,000  +_ 250  miles for both the  1975
and 1979  test  programs.   Another claimed  that  their  average  ac-
cumulated  mileages  were 4,300  miles  in  1975 and  4,800 miles  in
1979.    A  fifth  responded  that  the accumulated  mileages  of  their
certification vehicles were 4,160 j+  150 miles in 1975 and 4,020 _+_
175 miles in 1979.                 ~

-------
                                    -28-
     One respondent  suggested  that  the accumulated distance should
be  reduced  to  2,000 miles or  less  for certification  testing and a
correction  factor  be applied on the CAFE.   Another  suggested that
3,800  to  4,800 miles  would  be  a  practical range.   The  remaining
respondent  favored  retaining  the  4,000  J^ 250 miles  accumulated
distance specification.

     Analysis:  The  major  concern  is  that higher  mileage  vehicles,
with their  attendent better  fuel economics,  may be used  for certi-
fication or  fuel economy  test  vehicles and particularly  as running
change vehicles.   Apparently,  this  is  not a problem if one assumes
that the  responses  from  the commenters are representative  of  all
manufacturers.   This  assumption  should  be  verified  from  the  EPA
data base.

     Question 8:   "Front-wheel drive  is  becoming  an  increasingly
popular engineering  option  for producing  space-efficient  vehicles.
Front  wheel  drive  vehicles  typically  have a higher  percentage  of
their  curb  weight  on  the  driving  wheels  than do  their rear wheel
drive  counterparts.   What effect does this have  on  the  simulated
road  load curve  and  hence,  fuel  economy?   To  what  extent  are
alternate dynamometer  power  absorptions requested for your front-
wheel  drive vehicles?   To what  extent  does  this  affect  their
measured  fuel  economy and  benefit your corporate  average fuel
economy?  How  is  the air conditioning  affected by  these  alternate
dynamometer  adjustments  and how  does  this  effect your  corporate
average fuel economy?

     Answers:   Most  respondents indicated  that front wheel  drive
vehicles were at a disadvantage  when using the frontal area equa-
tion for  dynamometer  power  adjustments  because  the  greater curb
weight  on  the  drive wheels  causes  an  increase in the tire energy
dissipation on  the dynamometer.   All  respondents   stated  that they
use  alternate  (coastdown) dynamometer  power  absorptions  on  their
front  wheel  drive  vehicles.    Several  respondents   stated  that this
significantly improved  the measured fuel  economy of the  vehicle.
One manufacturer stated that  their  CAFE may have increased by up to
one percent through the use of this  option.

     Analysis:   As  the respondents  commented,  alternate dynamometer
power  absorptions  are  being  used extensively for  front wheel  drive
vehicles.   This is  because of  the relatively high  tire energy
dissipation  associated  with  the weighted drive  axles.   This  re-
sulted  in some very low dynamometer  power  absorption requests.   One
particular  concern which was  not  directly  addressed  by  the corn-
mentors is the meaningfulness of  the air conditioner simulation  for
front wheel drive  vehicles.  The  air conditioner simulation  used  in
the EPA tests is simply an additional  dynamometer  loading equal  to
10  percent  of  the  basic dynamometer adjustment. Therefore,  in  the
case of  front wheel drive  vehicles  the  additional  incremental
loading used  to simulate air  conditioning  is  generally  less than

-------
                                    -29-
th at  which  would be applied to  similar  conventional  front engine,
rear  wheel  drive vehicles.   Consequently,  the  effect  of air condi-
tioning on  the  fuel economy would be  smaller  on  front wheel drive
vehicles than on conventional  drive  vehicles.   The concern is that
this  underestimation may be a contributing factor in the increasing
sales of air conditioners on small vehicles.

      Question 9:    "The  oil  industry  has  recently developed  new
engine  lubricants  which  incorporate  either  lower  viscosity or
additives  to  reduce friction.   What would  be the effect  on your
average fuel economy if  these  oils were  approved  for  use?   To what
extent have  they penetrated the  replacement  oil  market?   To what
extent would the fuel economy of in-use vehicles be improved by the
use of these oils.

      Answers:   Three  respondents, through  speculation  or  testing,
claimed  that  certification  vehicles  would experience  0.5  to  3.0
percent fuel economy improvements.  One respondent stated,  however,
that  there  would be no  advantage in  the  use  of  "slippery oils."
Two respondents  stated  that in-use vehicles would  experience fuel
economy  improvements equal  to  or greater than  those determined by
the EPA test.

      Only  one   respondent  made  a statement  regarding the  market
penetration of  the  improved  oils.  This  manufacturer reported that
there are 19 low friction engine oils on the market in  the  U.S.  and
Canada.

     Analysis:    The fuel economy  effects  of "slippery oils"  men-
tioned by  the  respondents  are  in agreement with  values generally
reported  in the literature.   In regard  to the  question  of  the
market penetration  of  such  oils,  the  desired  information  was  the
sales volume penetration of  the market.  We  are concerned  that  the
use of such oils during  the  EPA  tests  would  be  unrepresentative of
typical use until the  sales of these oils represent a  significant
percentage of automotive  lubricant sales.

     Question 10:   "What  effects  have  the EPA  changes  in  dyna-
mometer calibration  (electronic feedback dynamometer control system
and changes made to  support  automatic control  features)  had  on your
corporate average fuel  economy?"

     Answers:  Two  respondents  claimed  that  there has been  a loss
in fuel economy  because  of  changes  in dynamometer  procedure.   One
respondent estimated a  0.3 mpg  loss in their  CAFE.   Another  re-
spondent  stated that  there was no  significant effect  on their
CAFE.   One respondent specifically claimed that changes in  the  PAU
exponent  and in the use  of  the vehicle  factor  potentiometer caused
a loss of about  0.1  mpg  in their 1980 "CAFE.

     Analysis:   A change  in the application of the vehicle  factor

-------
                                    -30-
potentiometer was -made  in 1980 which  might  have had an  effect  on
measured fuel economy.   This  practice  has  since  been discontinued.

     Question 11:  "What effect has the change from 55 to 75 grains
in the average humidity  level  at  the EPA  test facility  had on your
corporate average fuel economy?"

     Answers:    "Three  respondents  stated or  expected  that  there
would  be a decrease in fuel economy due  to the  change in the
average  humidity level.   One respondent  claimed  that  their  CAFE
loss was 0.14 mpg and  two  respondents claimed losses  between 0.7
and 1.5 percent.

     Analysis:   In  April  1976  EPA changed its average  laboratory
humidity from approximately 55 grains  of water per  pound  of air  to
75 grains.   This change was  made to  reduce  the  magnitude of the
humidity correction  factors applied  in the calculation of  the NOx
emissions.   This  reduction was desirable to improve  the  accuracy  of
vehicle NOx emissions estimates.

     EPA concurs  that this change  would,  in general,  be  expected  to
decrease the  measured  fuel economy  of  a  vehicle  since  the  com-
bustible portion of the  incoming  fuel-air mixture would be  reduced
and the vehicle would, thus,  tend toward enriched operation.   This
is, however,  dependent  on the "calibration"  of  the vehicle.   For
1975  through  1978 model vehicles,  the theoretically  anticipated
enrichment effect  would  probably  result  in  some  loss  of fuel
economy.   However,  for  1979  and  later model  year  vehicles  using
fuel system feedback  technology, this enrichment condition  would  be
sensed  and the  fuel delivery compensated.   Alternately,  when
vehicles are "calibrated" for  the  increased humidity test  condition
the  amount of EGR  might  be  reduced  resulting  in  fuel  economy
improvements under some  operating  conditions.

     Although  above  analysis is speculative in nature, it  indicates
that there  is reason  to believe  that little or  no fuel  economy
degradation need be  anticipated  for  current or  future  vehicles
using  sensor-feedback  technologies.    The  analysis  indicates the
inappropriateness of  a  too   general  application  of  fuel  economy
"correction factors"  which are  based  on  previous  technology  to
current or  future vehicle technologies.

     It should also be  noted  that  the  higher test humidity condi-
tions were  chosen as  standard conditions before  1975.   This  is
evident since  the NOx correction factor in  the EPA exhaust  emissions
calculations has used  75 grains  of water  per pound of  air as the
standard condition from  very  early in  the  regulations.   The only
change made was  to cause the  actual  test conditions to correspond
to the  theoretical  standard  condition of  the calculations.  This
change was  made  as   soon as  the Ann Arbor facility could  consis-
tently and  accurately maintain the  higher humidity.

-------
                                   -31-
     Ouestion 12:  "What  effect has  the  change  from  the  use  of the
 1 nom inal'vehicle distance  traveled per  testto  the 'actual'
measured  vehicle distance  traveled  had  on your  corporate  average
 fuel economy?  What effect will this change have on your  ability to
 improve your  corporate  average fuel  economy as you shift  to  vehi-
cles of lower power-to-weight ratios?"

     Answers:   Five  respondents indicated that their  fuel  economy
was decreased by  using  the  actual  distance  traveled  instead of the
nominal test distance.  The  estimates  of  the magnitude of  the loss
ranged  from  0.25 to 0.60 percent  of the measured CAFE;  that  is  a
loss of about 0.05 to 0.12 mpg.

     Four respondents stated that  this loss may be even  greater  in
future model  years because of an  anticipated  decrease  in  the
power-to-weight ratios of future vehicles.

     An a I y s i s :   Although  it  is  apparent  that differences between
the actual and nominal mileages driven during  specific  FTP and HFET
driving cycles will be reflected, on  a percentage  difference basis,
in  emission  rate and  fuel  consumption rate changes these differ-
ences  are  randomly distributed, and  this average is quite small.
Using  1978 and 1979 certification  test data  EPA  compared  the actual
and nominal miles driven during each  of  the three  FTP  cycle phases
and the HFET  cycle.6/   The  largest average decrements in apparent
"fuel  economy"  were  obtained during the second 'stabilized',
portion of the FTP.  For the 1978 and 1«79 model year certification
fleets these "second  bag"  differences were -0.13 and -0.51 percent,
respectively.    These  differences  were  partially compensated  for
during the transient  portions of the  FTP  so  that differences in  the
full FTP mean differences  were  about  0.}4  percent  in 1978 and  -0.21
percent in 197C>.   If  the  FTP and HFET distances are combined  in  a
55:4-5  ratio,  the  differences  of  the average  combined  distances
become 0.28 and  -0.04 percent  for  1978 and  1979 respectively.

     Thus, the use of actual rather  than  nominal  driving distances
in  1978  led  to  approximately  0.28 percent (0.5  mpg)  increase in
1978 and  an approximately O.OA.  percent (0.01  mpg) decrease  in  the
average apparent  fuel  economy compared to  estimates  based  on  the
nominal 7.5 mile distance  used previous  to the  1978  model   year.

     When vehicles cannot follow the  EPA driving  cycle a signifi-
cant decrease in measured fuel economy occurs  if the actual  rather
than  the  nominal distance  traveled  i.s  used  in  the  fuel  economy
calculation.   However, very few, if any,  vehicles tested today are
unable to follow the EPA speed-time cycles.  If  future vehicles are
unable to  follow the  cycle,  it  is  illogical  to  credit  these
vehicles  with inappropriate  fuel economies based on  distances
not actually traveled.

     Question  13:   "What  will  be  the  effect  of  a  requirement to

-------
                                    -32-


couple the  front  and  rear  rolls of  twin-roll  dynamometers  on
measured  fuel  economy and on your  corporate  average fuel economy?

     Answers:   Two  respondents  stated  that they had not determined
this effect.  The other respondents indicated that this coupling of
the  rolls would  decrease their  CAFE.    Only one  respondent  gave
estimated  data,  reporting an  approximately 8  percent  decrease  in
urban  fuel  economy  and  a 6 percent decrease  in highway fuel  econ-
omy.   This  respondent also reported estimated increases in HC,  CO,
and NOx.

     Analys i s:  A recent  EPA  investigation has  shown that coupling
the  dynamometer rolls  greatly  reduces  an existing error in  the
velocity  simulation of  the  vehicle during fuel  economy  measure-
ments.    EPA  measurements indicate  that  the  elimination of  this
velocity  error  results in a decrease  in  measured fuel  economy  of 3
to 5 percent .J?y

     Question 14:    "Do  you  know of  any procedural changes  other
than those listed  in previous  questions which  have already affected
your  corporate  average  fuel   economy,  or have  increased  or dimin-
ished your potential to make  future improvements?"

     Answers:   Recalibration  requirements  of  Advisory  Circular  No.
24-2  and  lack  of  sufficient,  leadtime  for instituting  procedural
changes were cited  as  factors  inhibiting manufacturers  from making
fuel economy  improvements.   One manufacturer specifically claimed
that the  requirements  of A/C No.  24-2  had caused  them  to recali-
brate  certain  electronic control systems and reduced  the fuel
economy benefit of their lean  cruise control system.

     Analys is:   Advisory Circular No.  24-2 merely  provides  an
optional objective criteria  to the manufacturers to assist them  and
EPA  in  evaluating  any auxilliary  emissions control devices which
may  be  questioned  as  a  "defeat device."   A/C  No.  24-2  does not
supercede  the  original  criteria,  but  merely provides  additional
optional  objective criteria to  the  to  the  manufacturer  and, there-
fore,  the  arguments  that  it  has  resulted  in  reduced fuel economy
do not seem valid.

     One  change which  was made  and  not explicitly  mentioned, but
was included in tabulations of changes  since 1975 was the change  in
the  value of the  CO  density  used in  the fuel  economy  calcula-
tions.   On  November  14,  1978  the EPA changed the  value  from 51.85
g/cu.ft to 51.81 g/cu.ft.  This  increases the  measured  fuel economy
by slightly less than 0.08 percent.

-------
                             CHAPTER 8

                    LIGHT-DUTY TRUCK ROAD LOAD

I.   Introductory Statement:

     "In establishing  the  light-duty truck fuel economy  standards
for model  years  1979 through  1981, NHTSA  allowed an  8 percent
fuel economy  penalty  for  a procedural change in establishing road
load horsepower for light-duty trucks."

II.  Summary of Comments

     Question 1:    "Was the adjustment appropriate?   If not, what
should it be?  What  data  are available  to support your  position?"

     Answers:   Most  respondents  stated  that  the 8 percent adjust-
ment provided by  NHTSA to  compensate for the 1979 increase  in the
dynamometer power absorption used for light-duty trucks was  appro-
priate.  One  manufacturer  stated that the effect  on their  light-
duty CAFE was  actually 7 percent  while another manufacturer claimed
the effect  was 10 percent.

     Several  manufacturers  commented  that the  more  stringent
light-duty   truck exhaust  emission   standards  introduced  in 1979
resulted in an additional  5 to 8  percent  fuel  economy penalty which
was not considered by NHTSA.

     Question 2:    "When computing  the above  adjustment,  alternate
dynamometer power absorption requests were not considered.   Should
such alternate dynamometer  power  absorptions  be  allowed?"

     Answers:    Four  respondents stated  that the  alternate  dyna-
mometer power  absorption requests should  be allowed because this is
the  only incentive  for manufacturers  to make  improvements  in
vehicle aerodynamics.

     Question 3:   "To what  extent do. you  anticipate using  alternate
dynamometer power absorptions?"

     Answers:   Five  respondents  indicated  they  planned  to use the
alternate  settings.   Two indicated they would  apply  it  to all
vehicles for which it would be beneficial.  Only one respondent did
not anticipate using  the alternate settings.

     Question 4:  "Should the  8   percent correction  factor  be
reduced to  account for any  reduction in the actual anticipated test
dynamometer power absorptions?"

     Answers:   The general response was that the  8  percent  value

-------
                                   -34-
should  not  be  reduced.   One  manufacturer  provided the  rationale
that  since their  data were  included in developing  the revised
dynamometer power  absorptions, and that no benefit would  have been
obtained in  1979  for alternate dynamometer power absorptions.
Therefore, any  use  of alternate dynamometer power  absorptions
represented  improvements  in  the vehicles  since the  1979 model
year.

III. Analysis

     Most  manufacturers  considered  the 8  percent fuel economy
adjustment to be appropriate for  the change made  in  the dynamometer
power  absorption table.   Most manufacturers stated, however, that
they  do not   often use  this table but rely  strongly on  alternate
dynamometer  power absorption requests.    Consequently,  on the
average,  light-duty  trucks  are  not  being subjected to  nearly  as
great  a  change  in  the dynamometer power  absorption  as  was  assumed
when  the  8 percent fuel economy  adjustment  was  provided.  There-
fore, an adjustment was provided  for an effect  which did not occur,
at least not to the extent  presumed.

     One  manufacturer  did   comment that  the 8 percent  was appro-
priate,  since the  reductions  in dynamometer  loadings  which  have
resulted from alternate dynamometer power absorption  requests
represented recent  vehicle  improvements for which credit  should  be
provided.  No details  of  the  "improvements"  were provided and few
recent changes have been noted  in light-duty  trucks.

     A number of manufacturers  commented that alternate dynamometer
power absorption requests should  be allowed   in order to provide  an
incentive  for manufacturers to  improve  vehicle  aerodynamics  and
tire  rolling   resistance.   This  incentive-benefit   is  important,
however,  it is also important that the alternate dynamometer power
absorption requests represent  real vehicle improvements.

     Several  manufacturers  commented  that  an additional 5  to  8
percent  adjustment  should  have been provided  by  NHTSA because  of
the increased stringency of the  1979 light-duty  truck exhaust
emission standards.   These  comments were not related to the ques-
tion of a change in test procedure.

IV.  Summary and Conclusions

     The  8  percent fuel economy adjustment  provided by  NHTSA for
changes  in the  dynamometer  power  absorption  table was  probably  an
excessive compensation  for  the  actual  change in the  dynamometer
power  absorption  used  in  testing light-duty  trucks.    This  dis-
crepancy occurred  because of  the  extensive  use of alternate dyna-
mometer  power  absorption  requests by manufacturers.   Elimination
of the  option of  alternate dynamometer  power  absorption requests

-------
                                   -35-
for  light-duty  trucks would  make  the  8. percent  adjustment  more
accurate.    The  option  should  be  retained, .however,  since it  is
a mechanism by which manufacturers  perceive  incentive  for  and
benefits from improvements  in  vehicle  aerodynamics and reductions
in tire energy dissipation.

-------
                                    -36-
                            References

J_/   EPA-MVEL  Technical  Report  LDTP  17-6,  "Shift  Schedules  for
     Emissions and Fuel Economy Testing," November 1977.

21   EPA-MVEL Technical Report TAEB 77-15, "Effects of Shift Points
~~    on  Emission  and Fuel  Economy  of a  1977  Chevrolet  Chevette,"
     December 1977.

_3/   EPA-MVEL Technical  Report  TAEB 77-12, "Dynamometer  and Track
     Measurements  of Passenger Car Fuel  Economy  Influences,"
     September 1977 (DRAFT).

4V   EPA-MVEL  Technical  Report  TAEB  77-18,   "Evaluation  of  Fuel
     Economy Performance  of 31  Production Vehicles  (1977)  Relative
     to  their  Certification  Vehicle  Counterparts," January  1978.

5/   EPA-MVEL  Technical  Report,  "Evaluation  of  the Representa-
~    tiveness of EPA Fuel Economy Estimates," January  1978 (DRAFT).

6/   EPA-MVEL Technical Memorandum,  "Actual Distances  in  Certifica-
~    tion Testing," (DRAFT)

TJ   EPA-MVEL  Technical  Report  SDSB  79-26,   "Track  to  Twin-Roll
     Dynamometer Comparison . .  .,"  June 1979.

-------
                            Appendix A

                      SHIFT SCHEDULE COMMENTS

I.   Introductory Statement      .          .  .

     In 1975,  federal  regulations  provided  that  test  vehicles  with
manual,  transmissions  would normally  be  shifted  at  15,  25 and  40
mph.   In  order  to provide  for more  appropriate  (representative)
shift schedules for unusual vehicles, the regulations  also provided
the  option of shifting the  vehicle  at  the shift points recom-
mended by the manufacturer.

     On July 16 of 1976, the 15, 25 and 40 mph default shift points
were deleted from  the  regulations.   Subsequently the  vehicles  were
shifted  according to the manufacturer's  recommendation to the
ultimate  purchaser in  order  to  allow  more representative  shift
schedules.  EPA  soon  began  to  receive shift point requests which
appeared  to be  selected  primarily  to minimize emissions or  to
maximize fuel  economy, and  which did not  appear to  reflect consumer
use  of  the vehicle.   EPA  investigated  this problem and  conluded
that, many of the  shift schedules requested by vehicle  manufacturers
were unrepresentative  of typical vehicle  use.

     In order  to  ensure more  reasonable shift schedules in the
future, EPA defined acceptable shift schedules in Advisory Circular
No.  72.   This  Advisory Circular provides that the allowable shift
schedules  are  the 15-25-40  mph schedule originally  presented in the
regulations, a  shift   schedule  based  on a  percentage  of • maximum
recommended engine  rpm, or  any other  recommended  shift  schedule
based on typical  vehicle use data.

II.  Comments

     Question  1:   "In  1974  and separately in  1975, what percentages
of your product  line  were  represented by test vehicles shifted  at
speeds other than the  15-25-40 mph  schedule?"

     Volkswagen:    "VW and  Audi have always  used   15-25-40 mph
shifting schedules  throughout their entire model  line."

     Toyota:  "All 1974 and 1975 MY  vehicles  utilized the  15-25-40
mph schedule."

     Chrysler:   "In  1974   and  1975,  100 percent of Chrysler's
certification   vehicles  were  shifted  according  to  the   following
schedules:

                         3-speed:   15-25,
                         4-speed:   15-25-40."

     Ford:    "For model  years  1974  and  1975, Ford  certified  and

-------
                                    -2-
measured fuel  economy on  all  its manual transmission vehicles
(passenger cars and  light  trucks)  using  the  15-25  mph  shift sched-
ule  for  its  3-speed  manual transmissions  and 15-25-40 mph  for  its
4-speed manual transmissions."

     General Motors:    "In MY  1974,  GM  used  a  15-25-40 miles  per
hour manual  transmission   shift  schedule for all  light-duty  vehi-
cles.   Beginning  with MY  1975, GM  recommended  manual  transmission
shift schedules in the  owners manual  for improved  driveability  and
fuel economy with any selected powertrain."

     American Motors:   "In the  1974 model  year 20 percent of  our
carlines were  equipped  with manual  transmissions  and  all  had
recommended shift speeds  slightly different  than 15-25-40 mph.   In
the 1^75 model year 15-2.5  was recommended.

     All  1974  and 1975  model year  Jeep  CJ' s  were equipped with
manual  transmissions.   In  the  1974 model  year all Jeep CJ' s  had
recommended shift speeds  slightly different  than 15-25-40 mph.   In
the 1975 model year 7 percent had recommended shift speeds  slightly
different than 15-25-40 mph."

     Question 2:   "For those  vehicles  shifted  at  other than  the
15-25-40 mph schedule, what  shift speed schedules  were used?"

     General Motors:    "A   tabulation  from, the  MY  1^75 GM  owner's
manuals summarizing our then recommended  shift  schedule is  shown in
Figure A-l."

     American Motors:  The AM 1974 and 1975 MY  shift schedules  are
shown below.

                             1974  Model Year

     Typical Shift Points    Transmission          Vehicle  Type

     18-40 mph                   M-3          Passenger cars (LDV)
     1R-30 mph                   M-3          Jeep  vehicles  (LDT)
     1R-30-40 mph                 M-4          Jeep  vehicles

                          1975 Model  Year

     15/1H-25-30                 M-3          Passenger cars
     15-25                       M-3          Jeep  vehicles
     10-20-40                    M-4          Jeep  vehicles

     Question 3:    "What data  are available to  indicate that  the
alternate shift schedules  requested  in 1975 were more representa-
tive of consumer use  than  the 15-25-40  mph schedule?" .

     Ford:   "For  model years 1974  and   1975,   Ford  certified  and

-------
                                    -3-
measured  fuel  economy on all  of  its manual transmission vehicles
(passenger cars and light trucks) using the  15-25 mph shift sched-
ule for  its  3-speed manual  transmissions  and 15-25-40 mph for its
4-speed manual transmissions.   Ford,  however, recognized  the in~use
fuel economy  improvement  possible  using alternate shift  schedules
and  advised  its  customers of this opportunity in the owner's
manual, recommending a shift range  schedule  of  10-15/20-30/above 30
mph."    See  following excerpts  from  the  Ford  Owner's  Manual.

     Upshifts    Shift speeds     Downshifts     Shift Speeds

    1st to 2nd   10 to 15  mph      4th to 3rd     55 to 25 mph

    2nd to 3rd   20 to 30  mph      3rd to 2nd     35 to 12 mph

    3rd to 4th   Above 30  mph      2nd to 1st     20 to 0 mph

                       Economy Driving Tips

To operate your car as economically  as  possible, use the  following
driving suggestions:

     1.   Always keep  your tires inflated  to  the recommended
     pressure   for  longer  tire  life  and  fuel  economy.

     2.   Accelerate moderately; but  do  not creep.   Get into
     high  gear quickly  so that  the  engine  can operate
     economically.

     3.    Avoid speeding  up  and slowing  down..-  Maintain a
     level pace and  flow with the  traffic for  good  fuel
     economy.

     4.    Try  to  time the traffic  signals so that you stop
     as  little  as  possible.   Idling and  acceleration  are
     times of  greater  fuel consumption.

     5.    Maintain a  moderate speed  on  the  highway.   Gaso-
     line  consumption per  mile rises  sharply with  speed
     increase.

     6.   Keep your engine  tuned up  and keep other mainten-
     ance work on schedule for longer life of all  parts and
     lower operating costs.

     7.   Keep the required distance from other cars  and be
     alert to avoid sudden stops.   This  will greatly reduce
     wear on  your brake linings.

     8.    If  your  car is  equipped  with  the optional  fuel
     monitor  warning  light, all of  the  preceding  tips  will
     help  you  to  adjust  your driving  habits  to keep  the
     light from glowing.

     General Motors:   "GM has not intentionally recommended manual
transmission  shift  speeds  that  adversely affect  customer  satis-

-------
                                    -4-
faction or  that  are difficult  to implement.   However,  we believe
that it  is  our obligation  to recommend customer  operation of the
vehicle that is both practical and efficient."

     American Motors:  "The Jeep Owner's Manual recommended slightly
lower  1-2  and  2-3  shift  points  because they  were appropriate for
off-road 4-speed manual transmission Jeep CJ's."

     Question 4:    "What  typical  shift schedule  changes have been
used since 1975?"

     Toyota:  The following shift schedules were used:

              Model Year                   Shift Schedule
                 1976                All vehicles utilized the
                                     15-25-40 mph schedule.

               1977-1978             LDV - Approximately 60% of
                                     manual transmission (M/T)
                                     vehicles used the alternate
                                     schedule.

                                     LOT - Approximately 90% of
                                     M/T vehicles used alternate
                                     schedules.

                 1979                Due to EPA's policy change
                                     approximately 90% of the
                                     vehicles with M/T used the
                                     15-25-40 mph schedule.

                 1980                Approximately 92% of all
                                     vehicles with M/T utilize
                                     the 15-25-40 mph shift
                                     schedule."

     Chrysler:   "Chrysler's  shift  schedules used for certification
vehicles after  1975 are as follows:
                    1976 - 3-speed
                           4-speed
                    1977 - 3-speed
                           4-speed
                    1978 - Federal
                           California
                           Omni/Horizon
                    1979 - 3-speed
                           4-speed
15-25  •
15-25-40
15-25
15-25-40
15-25-40
20-35-45
15-25-30
15-25
15-25-40."
     Ford:    "Passenger  Car  and  light  truck shift  schedules  used
through the 1979 model year  are  tabulated  in Exhibits II and III."

-------
                                    -5-
     Ford Exhibits II  and  III.  are included as our Figures A-2  and
A-3.
     General Motors:    "A  tabulation  from the MY  1975 GM  owner's
manuals summarizing  our  then recommended shift schedules is  shown
in Figure A-l.   No significant departures from the  .15-25-40  sched-
ule  are found  in  this  table for  MY 1°75  and  the  same is true
through MY 1978."

     American Motors:   "The  1976 model  year used essentially  the
same  shift  schedule as  the 1975  model year  (note  response  to
quest ion 2)."

                          1977 Model Year

     Typical Shift  Points (mph)           Vehicle Type

       1-2      2-3      3-4
     15-18*   25-30*                      Passenger cars
     10-15*   20-25*    30-40*            Passenger cars
       15       25                        Jeep vehicles
       10       20        40              Jeep vehicles

     *     Shift whenever  a  cruise  within the specified range  has
     been reached.

                     1978 and 1979 Years

          Same  as  1977                  Passenger cars
          Same  as  1977                  Jeep vehicles
          **-15-25                      Jeep vehicles

     **   The 4-speed manual  transmission is  synchronized  in
     second, third  and  fourth gears.   First is designed
     primarily   for   increased pulling  power   on  grades and
     during towing or plowing  operations.    Normal starting
     uses second gear."

     Question 5:  "What- effect has the  use of these post-1975  shift
changes had on  specific  vehicle  fuel  economies?"

     Toyota:   "As a  typical example, the table below indicates  the
effect on  fuel  economy  due  to  the   shift schedule  change.    These
data  are derived  from  the  1977  MY  Corolla with  2T-C engine.

               Shift  Schedule         City Fuel Economy

                15-25-30  mph               23.8 mpg
                15-22-30  mph               26.8 mph (13% up)

If an alternate shift schedule is used, generally speaking,  we can
realize a city  fuel  economy  increase  of  approximately 10% of that

-------
                                    -6-
at the  15-25-40 mph schedule.  However,  this  shift  schedule  change
has no  significant effect  on  the highway  fuel  economy.  Accord-
ingly, a combined  fuel economy increase  of  approximately  6%  can be
realized."

     Chrysler:   "We have not determined the  effects  on  fuel economy
of any difference."

     Ford:  "Ford's estimate of  the  individual vehicle  and -average
passenger car  fuel economy effects of the  alternate manual  shifts
schedules used in the 1978 model  year are shown  in Exhibit IV.  The
1979 Courier manual  transmission calibrations used  the  1978  shift
schedule of  10/20/35/45  mph (with 3rd-4th shift at  25  during
cruise.    The  1979 shift  schedule restrictions  caused this  shift
schedule to be revised to  15/26/37/57  (with  no  cruise shift),
resulting in 8% fuel economy degradation for Couriers."

     Ford  Exhibit IV  is  included  herein  as  our  Figure A-4.

     General Motors:  "The  effect  of specific shift schedules upon
specific fuel economy can be very significant  and has been reported
to EPA  in a letter to Mr. Harrington  on  January 17, 1978 (Attach-
ment  6).  This lett.er  cites  individual fuel  economy losses on
certain models  of  our product line that resulted  from incorporating
the shift  schedule  guidelines  set forth  in  Advisory  Circular
No. 72   in  place   of  our  recommended  alternate  shift   schedules."

     The complete  letter  is  included as  Attachment  A-l at the end
of this  appendix.   The following is an excerpt  of  this  letter
containing the  relevant  portions  of the Attachment.

     "A  series of  tests were performed on available representative
vehicles with 1979 calculations as known at this stage  of develop-
ment .

     The changes under consideration  represent substantial invest-
ments  of development time and money;  the  fuel  economy losses  on our
manual transmission products, due  to  this late and  unilateral rule
change,   are  considerable  and  could   affect  our  corporate average
fuel  economy.   Evaluation  efforts   involved the  city schedule;
however, we  expect some effect  on highway fuel economy as  well.
Tests  were  performed  on  a  151  L-4, 4-speed; a 301 V-8, 4-speed; a
260 V-8,  5-speed;  and a 400 V-8,  4-speed using present GM  recom-
mended and EPA proposed  shift schedules.   City fuel  economy losses,
as a  result of the  propsed EPA  schedule,  ranged from  1.4  to 2.6
miles  per gallon and  represented  percentage losses  of  from  6.4 to
17.8 percent (Table 1 of the Attachment).   These losses are  due to
higher EPA  proposed  shift  speeds  being  imposed  on  modern engines
specifically designed to run smoothly at  lower RPM's."

     American Motors:   "The  only  manual  transmission  shift   change
that had a fuel economy impact on  our  vehicles was  Advisory Circu-

-------
lar No. 72  .  ... and it resulted in passenger car and Jeep vehicles
manual  transmission fuel  economy  losses  of  about  1.0  mph  (com-
posite)."

     Question 6:  "What effect has the use of these post-1975 shift
changes had on your corporate average fuel economy?"

     Toyota:   "The  table below indicates  the  improvement rates  on
1977 and  1978 MY CAFE for LDV  and  LDT  separately,  which are based
on a rough  estimation, when  the alternate  shift  schedule is used."

                             1977  MY        1978 MY
              LDV             +2.0%          +1.9%
              LDT             +4.9%          +5.0%

     Chrysler:   "We have not determined the effects on fuel economy
of any differences.-"

     Ford:    "Ford's estimate  of  the  individual  vehicle  and average
passenger car  fuel economy effects  of the alternate manual  shift
schedules used  in  1978  model  year are shown  in Exhibit  IV (Figure
A-4).   This  also  shows  the  effect on 1979 corporate. average  fuel
economy.  The  1979 [LDT]  CAFE  impact  of the reduced Courier  fuel
economy was  a loss of 0.13 mpg.

     The estimated  1979  LDV  CAFE effect  was about  0.06  mpg  reduc-
tion in measured fuel economy."

     General Motors:   "The estimated  effect  of  this substitution
upon the GM passenger car Corporate Average Fuel Economy (CAFE)  was
a loss of 0.08  miles per gallon."

     American Motors:   "The light  truck  fleet average fuel economy
penalty was  estimated to  be  0.6 mpg  and  the  passenger car  fleet
average penalty was estimated  to be 0.3 mpg.

     Additionally,  5-speed transmission   programs  as well as  op-
timization  of  3-  and  4-speed transmissions  have been  deferred."

     Question 7:   "What  data  can you  present that  these post-1975
shift  schedules  are more  representative of  consumer  vehicle  use
than the 15-25-40 mph schedule?"

     Toyota:    "The only  relevant data  we can  present  are  those
which  were  contained in  attachment  to  our  '1979 MY  Part I  LDV
Revision  Letter  #14,"  dated February  16,  1978, demonstrating
representativeness  of an  alternate  shift  schedule, meeting  A/C
72.E.3.C.,  for  the 1979  MY Corolla  model  included in the  3K-C(F)
engine family."

-------
                                     -8-
     Ford:    "In addition to  the  marketing research findings sup-
plied to EPA betwen June and October, 1978  (attached), supporting
Ford's revised  shift  schedule (,'H1)  on  the  1979 2.3L  (non-turbo)
vehicles (approved for use by EPA  in its  letter  to Mr. D. L. Kulp of
October 31, 1978), Ford is presently conducting  similar  research on
its  other  engine  families   offered  with  a  manual  transmission."

     General Motors:   "A tabulation  from  the MY 1975  GM owner's
manuals summarizing our  then recommended shift  schedules  is shown
in Figure A-l.  No  significant departures  from the  15-25-40 sched-
ule  are  found  in this  table for  MY 1975  and  the same  is  true
through  MY 1978.   GM has not intentionally recommended  manual
transmission shift  speeds that adversely effect customer satisfac-
tion or that are difficult to implement.   However, we believe that
it is our obligation to recommend  customer  operation of  the vehicle
that is both practical and efficient."

     American Motors:   "AM's  post-1975 shift  schedules are basical-
ly equivalent to  the 15-25-40 mph shift schedules,  therefore,
questions 7 and 8 do not  require our response."

     Question 8:    "What  data can you  present to demonstrate that
the  fuel  economy  improvements obtained  with the post-1975  shift
schedules were obtained in consumer  use of  the vehicles?"

     Chrysler:    "We have  not used different  shift  schedules
in the post-1975 period..."

     "Calculated fuel economy effects indicate that if manual
transmission shift  schedules  were  optimized for  the  EPA cycle,  the
fuel  economy  for  these  vehicles  would  be from 2  to  4.5  percent
better than for the 'default' shift schedule.  Since any survey of
consumer driving  patterns is  not  likely to  show  them  shifting  at
the  true  optimum,  the  potential  gain  over   the  default  schedule
would  be  some  fraction of  the  2 to  4.5  percent obtainable."

     Ford:    "While Ford  has  no  data segregating the  in-use  fuel
economy  improvement  of  the revised manual transmission  shift
schedules from the overall fuel economy  improvement realized by its
vehicles from model year  to model  year (i.e., Ford does not intro-
duce new vehicles with a shift schedule being the only change),  we
believe  intuitively that our customers are witnessing the  same
comparative gain  seen  during  testing  on  CVS-CH  and  HWFET  cycles."

     Question 9:    "As more  efficient  automatic  transmissions  are
phased  in,  what  will  the relationship  between manual and  auto-
matic  equipped  vehicles be with  respect to EPA  measured  fuel
economy?

     a.    Using 1975 shift schedules.

     b.    Using, post-1975 shift schedules."

-------
                                    -9-
     Volkswagen:   "No specific data  is  available  in  regard  to  more
efficient  automatic  in  comparison  to manual transmissions.

     As a  comparison,  we are  providing  you  with  the a  table  (see
figure A-5) that  compares  the  fuel economy between  manual  and
automatic transmission certification vehicles."

     Toyota:   "Our 4-speed  automatic transmission,without  lock-up
unit,  is more efficient  than our 3-speed  one  because  of over-drive
usage.   According  to our  1979 MY  certification  data  and  experi-
mental data,  the  relationships  between manual  and  automatic
equipped vehicles, with  respect  to fuel economy,  can be  expressed
as in  the following matrix.

     The  figures  in  the  matrix  denote  the  average  percentage  of
fuel  economy  for  automatic  equipped vehicles  to that  for manual
equipped vehicles."

                                                   Alternate
                                               Shift  Schedule used
                       15-25-40 mph            for 1977  and  1978  MY
                  Fuel Economy  with 5 M/T     Fuel Economy with  5 M/T
Shift Schedule    City   HWFET    Combined     City   HWFET  Combined

Fuel economy       100    84         94         91      84        R8
  with 3 A/T

Fuel economy        9^    93         97         90      93        91
  with L A/T

     Chrysler:   "As  automatic  transmissions  become more  efficient
through utilization of lockup devices and parasitic loss reduction,
it  is  fully expected the  fuel economy  differential  between auto-
matic and  manual  transmissions  will be reduced."

     Ford:    "Ford  presently  expects  its  future model year manual
transmission calibrations to achieve an average 8-12%  higher  fuel
economy  than comparable  vehicle  configurations  equipped  with
automatic  transmissions.

     In 1975, manual transmissions  achieved  approximately 10-15%
better fuel economy  than automatic transmissions  on  a  similar  car
(based on  a review  of 4,000 mile  test data)."

     General Motors:   "New improvements  for added  efficiency in  our
automatic  transmissions  can be  expected   to narrow the fuel economy
difference.between  manual and automatic  transmission  equipped small
vehicles."

     American Motors:  "AM does  not expect to  see  the  10 percent

-------
                                   -10-
fuel  economy  advantage  (combined  city/highway)  that manual  shift
transmissions currently  possess  over automatic transmisions  to  be
overcome in the foreseeable future."

     Question 10:   "What data can  you  present to indicate manual
transmissions will be more or less  efficient  in actual vehicle use
compared with more efficient  automatic  transmissions?"

     Volkswagen:  "No specific data  is available  in  regard  to more
efficient  automatic  in comparison  to manual  transmissions."

     Chrysler:    "Although relatively little consumer  'in-use' data
exists, that which does  supports an  average fuel  economy  advantage
of about 11.5 percent for manual  transmission  vehicles over  similar
vehicles with  automatic  transmissions.   These data were  derived
from  a 1974 study  of Chrysler's  executive  lease vehicles.   The
manual transmission vehicles  were concentrated   in subcompact
imports and light-duty  trucks.   This result  is in close  agreement
with Chrysler Proving  Grounds road tests using the  SAE-J1082 test
cycles.   Proving Grounds  results  on  1977  through   1979  corporate
vehicles indicated that  manual transmission vehicles average  about
10.5 percent  better  fuel economy  than automatics.

     As automatic transmissions  become more efficient through
utilization of  lockup  devices and  parasitic  loss  reduction,  it  is
fully expected  that  the fuel  economy differential  between  automatic
and manual transmissions will  be reduced.   As  an example, the
lockup  torque  converters are currently  expected  to  improve  auto-
matic transmission fuel economy  by about 2 percent.   This improve-
lent,  which  occurs   principally  during  highway operation,  is ex-
acted  to  reduce  the 'in-use' benefits  of manual  transmissions  to
:he general  driving public from  about  10 to about 8 percent."

     Ford:   "We have no  in-vehicle,  back-to-back data that quanti-
fies  difference  in   efficiency  of  automatic  transmissions  versus
lanual  transmissions.    However,, manuals  will always be  more ef-
ricient than  automatics due to the inherent pump losses,   bands and
ilutch drag and  torque  converter  slip (in  lower gears) of  automatic
     General Motors:   "New improvements  for added efficiency in our
 mtomatic transmissions can be expected to narrow the fuel economy
 lifference between manual  and  automatic  transmission equipped small
 vehicles."

     Question 11:   "Do you have  any programs underway to optimize
 mtomatic transmission shift  schedules  to the EPA test cycles?  If
 ;o please describe."

     Toyota:   "We have  developed  a simulation model  to  obtain
 lutomatic transmission optimized  curves  for better fuel economy for

-------
                                    -11-
various  driving modes.   Please  refer  to  'Automatic  Transmission
Optimization  for  Better  Fuel  Economy1  written by T.  Ishihara,  A.
Numazawa, K.  Suzuki,  and  T.  Yokoi which is contained on pages 1331
to  1342 of the  17th FISITA CONGRESS REPORT (June, 1978)."

     Chrysler:    "Current automatic  transmission shift  schedules
were chosen  for best  overall  performance  and  customer acceptance.
We have no programs underway to change these schedules."

     Ford:   "No.    Automatic transmission shift  schedules  are  not
optimized for the EPA  test schedule.  Shifts schedules are dictated
by customer acceptance of acceleration performance.   Our experience
is that customers complain if shifts are unevenly spaced, too early
or delayed, or  too sensitive to torque demand."

     American Motors:   "We are  continuously working with  our
suppliers (both manual and  automatic  transmissions)  to improve  and
optimize these  transmissions and their shift schedules."

     Question 12:    "The  existing  shift  schedule restrictions allow
you  to use  any manual  transmission  shift schedule  that you  can
demonstrate  is  or will be  in  typical use.  Do you  intend  to  en-
courage your  vehicle  purchasers to use  alternative shift schedules
so  that  those schedules  can be used  during fuel economy  testing?
Will this  action  be  accompanied  by transmission changes,  such  as
the  use  of additional or wide ratio  gears?   What  fuel economy
benefits do you expect?"

     Volkswagen:  "No."

     Toyota:   "We  think that the alternate shift schedule to obtain
better fuel  economy  should  be allowed  even  though  demonstration
data to  represent the  typical  consumer use is not  provided.   it
should be,  however,  acceptable  for most  consumers  from a  common
sense  standpoint  and, further, we should encourage  purchasers  to
use  it with  more  practicable  and effective manner  than a  recom-
mendation in  the  owner's manual  approved  for  the past  certifica-
tion.  Unfortunately,  at this time,  we have  no  effective  ideas."

     Chrysler:    "Although  we will  continue  to encourage good
driving habits,  we have  no plans  to determine  alternative  shift
schedules."

     Ford:    "If  alternative  shift schedules  offer  improved fuel
economy  and  performance opportunities, Ford will  endeavor  to
encourage the customer to use these schedules.   We do not, however,
presently plan  any  such revised  shift  schedule changes.  We are,
through market  research,  trying  to  determine  how people actually
shift so  we can share that information EPA."

     General  Motors:   "GM intends to  pursue the use of  alternate
manual transmission  shift  schedules  that result  in  efficiency

-------
                                    -12-
improvements for  our  customers while meeting  emissions  and  drive-
ability requiremnts.  The  same  is  true  for  product  design improve-'
ments, such as  wide  ratio transmission gears.  The  potential  fuel
economy  gains  from manual  transmission  improvements cannot  be
recognized  with  the  current  EPA  certification  procedures.    The
impact of  this  on light  truck  CAFE  is significant  because  manual
transmissions  have  about  20% sales penetration.  Therefore, GM  is
not projecting any measurable improvement  in passenger car or light
truck  fuel  economy with  improved  manual  transmissions  because  of
the constraints contained in A/C 72."

     American  Motors:    "At this time  we  do  not  plan on  pursuing
this type of an in-use approach. We, therefore, cannot answer  this
question.

     We are studying  and planning to  use  wide ratio  gear sets  in
our future manual and automatic transmissions."

-------
                                    -13-


General Motors  Co.

                                  Figure A-l
               GM MY  1975  Owners Manual Shift Schedules  I/

                                                                      3-4
Buick
  Apollo-Skylark
    L-6  3-speed
    V-6  3-speed

Oldsmobile

  Omega  3-speed
  Starfire 4-speed                     20             30              40
  Cutlass
    L-6  3-speed
    V-8  3-speed

•k


ieed



i-speed
>-speed

i-speed



d
d


eed


1-2
20
20
20
20
20
25

20
10
20
20
20
15
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
2-3
30
35
20
30
30

25-40 21
30
15
30
30
30
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
Chevrolet

                                                                      30
              4-speed                  10             15
  Van 3-speed
  Chevelle
  Monza
    L-4 3-speed
    L-4 4-speed                        15             25              40
    V-8 4-speed                        20             25              30
  Camaro 3-speed
         4-speed                       20             30              40
  Vega 3-speed
       4-speed                         20             30              40
  Corvette 4-speed                     20             30              40
  Nova 3-speed
       4-speed                         20             30              40

NOTES:
I/   Pontiac  did not  recommend an  alternate shift  schedule  in its
owner's manual.

2j   Shift whenever  a cruise  within  the  specified range  has been
reached.

-------
                                    -14-


Ford Motor Co. Exhibit  II
Figure A-2
Passenger Automobile Manual Tranmission Shift Schedules
Shift
1-2
2-3
3-4
4-Speed M/T
F 4/ H 5/ N 2/ P 2/ Q 3/ R
16 13 10 10 20 5
27 24 20 15 30 15
38 31 30 25 40 25
3-Speed M/T
Shift Q 3/ S T
1-2 20 10 10
2-3 30 20 25
U I/ W I/
10 10
20 20
30 30
Z
15
25
X I/ Y I/ Z
10 15 15
25 25 25
35 40 40
I/    Shift  directly into fourth gear once vehicle  is stabilized at
or above 25 mph.

2/    Omit  first  gear when driving  an  unloaded vehicle  with  first
gear ratio greater  than  5:1.

3/    For  3-speed  transmission, shift directly  into  third gear once
vehicle is  stabilized  at or above 25 mph, for  overdrive  shift into
fourth gear at recommended  speed.

kl    Based  on A/C #72 "percent rated engine  RPM" methodology  which
Tncludes "cruise" shifts at 12/20/32.

_5_/   Per EPA  approved  customer  survey.

           Vehicle  Engine Identification  Codes  (in-^  or liters)

1976                   1977                    1978                   1979

W2.8                  R1.6                   R1.6                  F1.6
X 2.3                  T  200 or  250            T  200                  H 2.3
Y 2.3                  U  1.6                   U  1.6                  Z 2.3  or 2.8;
Z 2.8                  V  250                   V  250                    200,  250,  or 302
                       W  1.6 or  2.8            W  2.8;  302
                       X  2.3;  302              X  2.3;  302
                       Y  2.3                   Y  2.3 or 2.8
                       Z  2.3 or  2.8;  200

-------
Ford Motor Co. Exhibit III
Model

Courier


F100
E100
 1974-5

15/25/40


15/25/40
                   Figure A-3.

Light Truck Shift Schedules (Q-600# GVW)

            1976                 1977
         10/20/35/45
10/20/35*745
•'cruise = 25
    1978

10/20/35*/45
*cruise = 25

15/25/40
except:
CA/4.91/M3:
  20/30
49S/5.8L/M3:
  10/25

15/25/40
except:
CA/4.9L/M3:
  20/30
4.9L/5.0L/M3:
  10/20
       1979

2.0L:  15/26/37/57
2.3L:  15/26/38/57

      15/25/40
                                                                                    15/25/40
Bronco
15/25/40

-------
Ford Motor Co. Exhibit IV
                                                    Figure A-4.

                Estimated Fuel Economy Effect of Alternate Shift  Schedules  for  Manual  Transmissions


Vehicle
Fiesta
Pinto Sedan
Pinto S.W.
Mustang
Fairmont Sedan
Fairmont S.W.
Mu s t ang
Mustang
Fairmont Sedan
Fairmont S.W.
Granada
Mustang
Fairmont Sedan
Fairmont S.W.
Granada 2 dr.


Engine
1.6L
2.3L
2.3L
2.3L
2.3L
2.3L
2 . 3L-T
2.8L
3.3L
3.3L
4.1L
5.0L
5.0L
5.0L
5.0L


Trans
M4-3.58
HM4WR
HM4WR
HM4WR
HM4WR
HM4WR
HM4WR
SROD
SROD
SROD
SROD
SROD
SROD
SROD
SROD


Axle
3.58
2.73
3.08
3.08
3.08
3.08
3.45
3.45
2.73
3.08
3.00
3.08
3.08
3.08
3.00

Shift I/
Schedule Code
R
X
W
Y
Y
Y
Z
Y
X
X
V
X
X
X
X
Estimated 1979 Fuel
Economy Effect Versus
15/25/40 mph Shift Speeds (mpg)
2.14
0.63
1.23
0.58
0.47
0.49
0.00
0.21
0.51
0.51
1.58
0.80
0.55
0.56
0.58
                                                                  Estimated CAFE Effect         -0.0591
                                                                  (Based on 1979 Projected
                                                                  Sales  Volumes as of Dec., 1977)
_!_/   Proposed for  1979 prior  to Advisory  Circular  #72 — applicable
to 1979 MY and beyond which restricted  shift  schedule usage.

-------
Volkswagen Co.
        -17-







       Figure A-5




Volkswagen Fuel Economies

City
Highway
Manual Automatic













Average
Absolute .
difference
Percent
difference
16.7
16.8
26.8
24.3
24.0
16.7
23
22
16
16
17
17
11
19.0
0.4

2

17.3
14.8
24.0
23.4
22.1
18.3
20
22
17
16
17
18
12
18.6




Manual Automatic
24.5
22.7
38.5
37.8
36.5
25.4
37
35
26
26
32
29
18
29.9
4.5

18

20.0
18.5
34.1
32.6
31.1
22.6
29
30
24
22
24
25
17
25.4




Combined
Manual
19
19
31
29
28
20
28
27
19
19
22
21
13
22.7




Automatic
18
16
28
27
25
20
23
25
20
18
19
20
14
21.0
1.7

8


-------
                                    -18-
General Motors Co. Attachment 6
                               Attachment A-l
          GM's  letter of January 17,  1978 to R.  E.  Harrington (EPA)
                   on "Manual Transmission Shift Speeds."

-------
                                                FE: 1267

                                                Environ.Tun;=l Ac'.miies Stiff
                                                General Motors Cc.'pcuotion

                                                Gcr.eiai ,V.o!ois Tecf.nical Csn;er

                                                V.'anen. MicMigan 43090
                                               January 17,  IS78
Mr.  R.  E.  Harrington, Director
Light Duty Vehicle Branch
Certification Division
Mobile Source Air Pollution  Control'
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
2555 Plymouth Road
Ann Arbor, Ml  48105

Dear Mr. Harrington:

                   Manual Transmission Shift Speeds

The  purpose  of  this  letter  is  to  supplement  our  Mr.  M. R. Wilson's
letter  to  you  of  December. I,   197.7  on  the same  subject  by  providing
information  relative  to the  fuel  economy effects on   specific General
•Motors  light-duty  vehicles  using  EPA's  recently  'defined  manual  shift
schedules  presently being  considered for' Advisory Circular  publication.
A   series  of  tests were performed  on  available  representative vehicles
with  1979  calibrations  as   known  at this stage  of development.   These
evaluations • did,  of  course, divert test/development resources from their
intended use in evolving 1979 product definition.

Genera!  Motors  is  always  willing  to  contribute  test  information relative
to the  promulgation  of new rules under consideration  by EPA.  However,
as  sve  have indicated on  many  occasions  in the past, proposed changes
having  a substantial  impact on  the product  should  be  addressed at a less
critical   point  in  the  certification   program.   You  must  realize  that  a
manufacturer must carefully plan  and, in  pursuing these plans, must have
confidence  that  the agency considers the  potential disruption that  could
be  caused  by  contemplated program changes.  That does  not appear  to  be
the  case here;  manufacturers first learned of  your concern in this  area
at  the  November IS,   1977' EPA-lndustry  meeting  but were  not prior  or
subsequently officially contacted for comments and/or information.

The  changes  under   consideration   represent  substantial  investments  cf
development time and money; the  fuel economy losses on our msnus!  trans-
mission  products,  due to this  late  and  unilateral  rule  change,  are
considerable and could  affect our  corporate average fuel economy.  This
situation could  have been moderated if your  concerns over  representative-'
ness cf shift schedules had been  shared with the  industry when thsy were
first recognized  by EPA.
1-4

-------
     R.  E.  Horrir.citcn
-2-
January  17, I97S
Evaluation  efforts  involved  the city schedule; however, we expect scrr.e
effect  en highway fuel economy as well.   Tests  were performed  on a 151
L-4 -1 spaed, 2Ci V-2 4 speed,  250  V-3  5  speed and -?00 V-3  4 speed u:,;r.g
present  GM  recommended and  EPA proposed  shift schedules.  City  fuel
economy losses,  as a  result of the proposed  EPA  schedule,  ranged from
1.4  to  2.6  miles  par  osllon and  represented  percentage losses  of from
6.4 to  17.8  percent  (Table I).   These losses  are due to the higher  EPA
proposed  shift . speeds  being  imposed  on  modern  engines  specifically
designed to  run smoothly at lower RPM's.

General  M.otors has never recommended  manual transmission shift  speeds
that  would   adversely  affect  customer satisfaction or  that  are  difficult
to implement.  They are tailored to average  driving  conditions as  repre-
sented  by  the Federal  Test  Procedure  and   provide  acceptable  vehicle
driveability   under these  conditions.   We  understand your  concern - that
recommended  shift  schedules  be representative  and'  we  do  not  question
EPA's  authority  to  promulgate  new rules  concerning this subject.  From
the data supplied  thus  far by EPA,  however,  General  Motors  has no reason
to believe that EPA's  planned  shfft schedules  are" any more "representative
of. the  "real, world" than pur current recommendations.  Our key objection
is 'the  'timing  of  substantive  changes  of this type at this  point  in the
1979 certification  program,, and we  question. EPA's  authority, to implement
this  type  of  change   without  proper  notice  of- rulemaking  and  orderly
analysis and  consideration of manufacturers' comments.

We  are continuing to evaluate the   proposed  shift schedules  on other  GM
manual  transmission/engine combinations  with the expectation that  this
information  will be -useful in  commenting on  proposed  rulernaking in this
area  for use not sooner  than  the  1880 modal  year.  General Motors still
awaits your reply  to Mr. Wilson's letter of  December  I,  1977.

                                      y truly yours,
                                  T.  M. Fisher, Director
                                  Automotive Emission Control
SJS/aaf/t/040

cc:  E. O. Stork

-------
                                Table  1

                          City Fuel Economy Effects of
    EPA  Proposed  Monucl  Transmission Shift  Schedule (66% Ra;ed Engine  rprn)
               (Current  Recommended  Shift Schedule Used as  Base)
inertia V/r
3000
•3500
3500
4000
4000
4000
Engine
151 L-4
2 bbl
260 V-8
2 bbl
301 V-3
4 bbl
301 V-8
4 bbl
400 V-8
4 bbl
400 V-8
4 bbl
/vlcnua!
Transmission
4-speed
5-speed
4-speed
4-speed
4-speed
4-speed
Fuel Economy (MPG)
Shift Schedule
Current
22.1
20.0
. 16.6
16.1
12.9
12.7
Proposed
20.7
17.7
14.0
14.6
10.6 .
10.7
Loss
1.4
2.3
2-6
1.5
2.3
2.0
Percent
Loss
6.4%
11.5%
15.7%
9.3%
17.8%
15.8%
Note:   301  and 400 V-8  tests  v/ere run on rv/o  (ecch)  representative vehicles

-------
                              Appendix B

              ALTERNATE DYNAMOMETER ADJUSTMENT COMMENTS

I.   Introductory Statement

     "EPA has always provided the option that a manufacturer may request,
for specific vehicles, dynamometer adjustments which are different from
the values contained in EPA regulations.  A request for such alternate
dynamometer power adsorptions must be supported by road test data demon-
strating the appropriateness of the request.  In 1975, the regulations
implied the manifold pressure measurements were the required method of
generating acceptable road data.  Later the manifold pressure approach
was deleted, and subsequently the coastdown technique has become the
prevalent method of generating supporting data for alternate dynamometer
power adsorption requests.  An acceptable coastdown procedure has been
provided to the industry as an EPA Recommended Practice which has been
distributed as an Attachment to Advisory Circular No. 55B."


II.  Comments

     Question 1:  "To what extent were alternate dynamometer adjustments
used in 1974, in 1975?  To what extent are they currently used?"

     Volkswagen:  "1974 models - 2 models out of a total of 9 had alter-
                  nate Dyno adjustment.

                  1975 models - 4 models out of a total of 9 had alter-
                  nate Dyno adjustment.

                  1980 models - 6 models out of a total of 8 had alter-
                  nate Dyno adjustment."

     Toyota:  "We did not adopt the use of alternate DPA (Dynamometer
Power Absorption) for certification and fuel economy testings in 1974 or
1975 MY.  However,  alternate DPA adjustments were used for approximately
40 percent of our LDV models in the 1979 MY.  Further, in the 1980 MY,
alternate DPA adjustments are intended to be used for approximately 75
percent of our LDV models."

     Chrysler:  "In 1974 and 1975, Chrysler tests were conducted only at
the specified dynamometer loads; that is,  no alternate methods were
developed, proposed or used.   For the 1980 model year we presently are
involved in certifying all passenger cars with an alternate 'coastdown1
horsepower while trucks are being certified with both the specified
horsepower and alternate horsepower."

     Ford:  "For model years 1974 and 1975 Ford Motor Company did not
use alternate dynamometer adjustments primarily because the available
procedure (manifold vacuum measurements at a 50 mph steady state speed)
was not sufficiently precise to reflect improvements over the formula
power absorption settings.  For model year 1979 the alternate adjust-
ments were approved for 87% of our passenger cars and 100% of our light
trucks sold as complete vehicles."

-------
                                   —2—
     General Motors:  "GM did not use alternate dynamometer adjustments
during MY 1974 or MY 1975.   We anticipate that approximately 64% of our
light duty vehicles manufactured in MY 1979 and 96% in MY 1980 will be
represented by fuel economy tests using alternate horsepower."

     American Motors:  "Alternate dynamometer adjustments were not used
in 1974 or 1975.  They are not currently used but we do plan to use the
coast-down procedure on one light-duty truck and one car engine family
on vehicles that coine equipped with radial tires in 1980."

     Question 2:  "To what extent has the increased use of alternate
dynamometer power absorptions improved your corporate average fuel econ-
omy compared to your corporate average fuel economy which would have
been obtained if dynamometer power absorptions from the equation con-
tained in the current regulations were used exclusively?  If dynamometer
power absorptions from the inertial weight based table of the 1975
regulations were used exclusively?  If the use of alternate dynamometer
power absorptions were restricted to the extent they were used in 1974,
in 1975?"

     Toyota:   "The following data, which are insufficient and therefore,
may not be accurate, indicate whether the increase usage of the alter-
nate DPA has improved CAFE in the 1979 MY as compared to CAFE which
would be obtained if the DPA from the equation contained in the current
regulations were used exclusively, or if the DPA from the inertia weight-
based table of the 1975 regulations were used exclusively.
          Comparison to CAFE with         Comparison to CAFE with
           Exclusive Use of DPA          Exclusive Use of DPA from
          	from Equation	       Inertial Weight-Based Table

                  +0.8%                           +2.6%

Since we opted to use the DPA from the inertia weight-based table for
all 1974 and 1975 MY vehicles, as shown above, 2.6 percent fuel economy
loss in the 1979 MY CAFE is expected."

     Chrysler:  "In order to demonstrate the effect of changes in
dynamometer adjustment, it would be desirable to test a fleet of vehicles
(cars, 4x2 trucks, and 4x4 trucks) using the 1975 table weights and then
repeat the tests using 1979 alternate adjustments.   Chrysler has not
conducted such a test program and because of the considerable amount of
testing required, does not plan to conduct such a program.  At this
point, we believe the revision in dynamometer adjustment no longer hurts
our fleet average fuel economy."

-------
                                    -3-
     Ford:
          1979 CAFE with alternate power
          absorptions

          1979 CAFE impact if power
          absorptions were restricted to
          the 1979 formula CAFE

          1979 CAFE impact if power
          absorptions were restricted
          to the pre-1979 inertial table
             PAU
  "Fuel Economy
  higher/(lower)
    than Base
                                                 Car
Base
(0.4)
(0.5)
            Truck
Base
(0.3) mpg
1.3 mpg
Alternate dynamometer power absorptions were not used in 1974 or 1975."

     General Motors:  "GM estimates that, for MY 1979, the fuel economy
of GM vehicles is about 1 1/2% better when using alternate horsepower
rather than frontal area horsepower or the inertia weight table.  It
should be noted that this improvement was included in the GM 11 car test
program (Attachment 1) which indicated a 0.6 mpg CAFE loss.  If alternate
absorber settings were restricted to MY 1974 and 1975 procedure, there
would be no recognized benefit (EPA results) of aerodynamic or rolling
resistance improvements."

     General Motors Attachment 1 is not included herein.

     American Motors:  "Because we have not used coast-down the answer
is none.

     The 1979 passenger car fleet average fuel economy would not be
significantly affected if the inertia weight based table values were
used exclusively.  The 1979 light truck fleet average fuel economy
decrease is estimated to be 0.1 to 0.4 mpg in addition to the 8 percent
credit that was incorporated into the 1979 nonpassenger automobile
standard by the NHTSA.  This large penalty is derived from the large
increase in dynamometer power absorptions, 30 to 36 percent from 1978 to
1979, and the associated recalibration requirements to maintain essentially
constant emission control."

     Question 3:   "To what extent does current EPA policy (applicable
advisory circulars) on alternate dynamometer adjustment restrict your
ability to make improvements in vehicle fuel economy which would be
observed in consumer use of .the vehicles?  Please describe."

     Volkswagen:   "Undetermined."

     Toyota:   "We do not think that the current EPA policy on alternate
DPA specifically restricts the ability to make improvements in vehicle
fuel economy which would be observed in consumer use."

-------
                                  -4-
     Chrysler:  "There are a number of ways in x^hich EPA policy as
expressed in advisory circulars on alternate dynamometer adjustments  is
restrictive of our efforts to  improve fuel economy.

     The first consideration in discussing alternate dynamometer horse-
power  is to recognize that 'this is the only means for assuring that all
technological improvements will show up as improvements in fuel economy
during both testing and customer use.  When a manufacturer makes a major
effort to improve actual customer use fuel economy by improving aerody-
namics, reducing tire rolling  resistance, improving chassis friction
loss,  etc., there could be zero measurable benefits on the EPA test
cycle  unless the manufacturer  'elects' to use the alternate dynamometer
procedures.  However, when this step is taken, procedures must be de-
veloped, reviewed and approved by EPA; extensive road testing is re-
quired and EPA requires extensive confirmation and cross checking.
Nevertheless, we very strongly believe that these actual customer
improvements should be reflected in our test results.

     A second area involves tires.  For the 4x2 0-8500 GVW trucks using
16.5"  tires in the heavier GVW range, we frequently find that there is
no benefit in using 'coastdown' (ref: R. R. Love, Chrysler, December 6,
1978 response to R. L. Strombotne, NHTSA, regarding Question 6).  And,
in the case of 4x4 0-8500 GVW trucks, most tires are the 'off road' type
which  also show no coastdown benefit.  Many of these tires cannot even
be used for the EPA dynamometer test because of the extensive heat
build-up in the artificial laboratory environment (i.e., tire flex on
twin rolls with inadequate air flow).  Yet, EPA and NHTSA continue to
project improvements requiring techniques that only show up on coastdown
testing.

     Third, the fuel economy standards and testing procedures are in-
tended to reflect a fleet average under a standardized test, yet many
aspects are significantly biased to reduce that average.  For example, a
number of options (e.g., station wagon luggage racks, station wagon rear
window vane deflectors,  outside mirrors, etc.) interfere with air flow
and reduce vehicle fuel economy.  As such, they must be taken into
consideration.   However, EPA rules do not consider the option average
level  (mean or the fifty percent level).  Rather, EPA always requires
    'options with projected sales of more than 33 percent

     In addition to requiring dynamometer power settings to reflect a
33% option rate, other areas also are involved.   Dynamometer power must
be increased 10% for air conditioning if air conditioning installation
rate exceeds 33% (ref: .40 CFR 86.129).  Any option over three pounds
must be included in the vehicle weight if its installation rate is over
33% (ref:  40 CFR 86.080-24).   If '.representative' (or average) results
are truly desired, all of these items should be calculated on the basis
of actual volume usage.

     The EPA test procedure very clearly specifies that the acceptable
laboratory temperature is the range of 68°F to 86°F (ref:  40 CFR 86.130).
For 1979,  Chrysler very logically submitted coastdown results for the
midpoint or 77°F.   EPA rejected this and requested that data be adjusted
to 68 F.   (Note:   As testing temperature is reduced,  fuel economy declines.)

-------
                                   -5-
     Fourth, and even more  important  than the above very serious con-
siderations, our major objection  to EPA's approach to this subject is
their practice of continually making  late changes, interpretations, and
confirmations of requirements.  Also, so many details are involved in
the Advisory Circulars that EPA must  provide an extensive amount of
interpretation.  For last year's  certification, the process of change
and interpretation lasted roughly from August 1977 to June 1978.  It
should also be noted that EPA is not  satisfied with the data from Chrysler's
coastdown test, even though they are  invited to observe these tests.
Rather, EPA insists on independent tests (for which we must pay, provide
vehicles and supply transportation).  Furthermore, a high degree of
confirmation correlation is required with extremely tight tolerances."

     Ford:  "It is disingenuous for EPA to characterize the coastdown
test procedure as an option to be elected by the manufacturer when
NHTSA1s maximum feasible standards are established using an assumption
of improved aerodynamics.

     Current EPA policy on coastdown procedures restricts our ability to
make both mid-model year and specific car/truck model aerodynamic im-
provements by requiring substantially increased test requirements that
cannot always be contained from a workload standpoint nor justified
economically.  This was particularly true in the 1979 model year when
EPA was changing requirements or delaying confirmation testing until
after 1979 model production was underway.

     In other instances,  we are not properly credited for improvements
that we do make on items which are never tested by EPA.   For example,.we
are not credited in our CAFE for improvements made to items like optional
outside mirrors unless the particular mirror represents the expected
worst contributor aerodynamic drag.   Similarly,  we are not credited for
certain improvements made in optional tires or option weight reductions.
The present EPA confirmation procedures for the manufacturer's coastdown
test results further inhibit the early implementation of improved prod-
uct actions."

     General Motors;   "In many cases,  it would be necessary to produce
several horsepoxver settings to cover all options that could affect road
load.   The added test and administrative burden does not justify the
small estimated fuel economy gain which causes the manufacturer to
accept a less favorable setting in order to reduce testing requirements."

     American Motors;   "Current EPA policy (and practice)  does not
restrict AM from making improvements.   It denies AM the  necessary time
to understand and apply these optional procedures to our development
programs and then to our pre-certification program.

     For example,  the latest alternate dynamometer procedure,  Advisory
Circular 55-B,  was issued on December 6, 1978 and applied  to the 1980
model year vehicles some of which had already started durability testing.

-------
                                   -6-
     We  are  also  unable  to  acquire  any useful certification experience
with these procedures  because  they  apply  to a single model year.  It
would  therefore be  an  exercise in futility for AM to speculate on the
consumer-use impact of these procedures because we are spending all of
our energy in trying to  catch  up and apply these procedures to our basic
certification program."

     Question 4;  "Have  the administrative procedures implemented since
1975 become  burdensome to the  point that  time and money considerations
preclude their use  in  some  instances as compared to using the standard
Federal Register  procedures?   Provide details."

     Volkswagen:  "Yes,  to  the extent that their net benefit provided
does not exceed that of  the standard procedure."

     Toyota;   "As compared  to  the use of DPA from the inertia weight-
based  table,  the  use of  alternate DPA has required additional testing,
such as coastdown testing and/or intake manifold vacuum measurement.
The intake manifold vacuum  measurement method, which was acceptable
until  1978 MY, requires  at  least 22 man-hours/test vehicle to obtain the
alternate DPA.  The coastdown  method, which has been acceptable after
1978 MY, requires at least  30  man-hours/test vehicle to obtain the
alternate DPA.  Except for  the normal test burdens above, it cost us
much time and money to develop our original coastdown test procedure and
test instruments.   Additionally, since the coastdown method depends on
weather conditions,  it takes more time to complete the coastdoxra testing
than we expect.  Therefore, we feel that establishing an alternate DPA
is indeed burdensome.  However, manufacturers are continually striving
for reductions in actual road  load in their search for better fuel
economy; and  it appears  to  us  that the alternative DPA is the proper
method for evaluating  the manufacturer's effort's."

     Chrysler:  "In our  efforts to keep up with the increasingly more
stringent fuel economy standards, Chrysler has had to make choices that
x^ere not always the most cost-beneficial design alternative or capital
investment alternatives.   Our  choice of the 'coastdown'  alternate dy-
namometer procedure falls within the same category,  i.e., we recognize
the time and expense penalty compared to using the frontal area formula,
but we believe that  attaining  the higher fuel economy value is a more
important consideration."

     Ford:   "The effective  timing of administrative procedures since
1975 have become burdensome, but have not yet precluded use of the
alternate procedures.  As mentioned previously,  changes in the 1979
alternate dynamometer setting  procedure by EPA were made at such a late
time relative to our development/certification program timing require-
ments that we were  unable to use the procedure on all of the eligible
vehicles for Job //I.  This  produced an unrecoverable CAFE loss because
subsequent vehicle  fuel economy run at reduced PAD values had to be
harmonically averaged with  the original formula (Job #1)  vehicle fuel
economy.

-------
                                  -7-
     Further, new vehicle introductions require engineering prototypes
 to be dedicated solely to the coastdown program.  This is not only
 costly, but due to  limited availability of engineering prototypes, can
 seriously disrupt other essential programs.  An additional risk is the
 option in the Advisory Circular for EPA to require additional engineer-
 ing prototypes for  confirmation procedures.

     One of the most burdensome administrative procedures is EPA's
 Advisory Circular #72 on alternate manual transmission shift schedules.
 The existing procedure in the Federal Register on this subject (42FR16397,
 16409) specifies that only the manufacturer's recommended shift speeds
 be used during compliance testing.  EPA's Advisory Circular, however,
 specifies three alternatives available to the manufacturer, one of which
 is to shift according to an EPA determined percent of rated engine rpm,
 and the others are  to use either 15-25-40 mph shift points or to conduct
 an elaborate in-field research study to determine exactly how customers
 do shift their vehicles.

     As we stated in response to the shift schedules, Question #7, Ford
 did conduct a research program to determine the appropriate shift schedule
 for its 1979 non-turbocharged 2. 3L engine vehicles.   This program took
 about 3 months to complete,  (data attached), it cost approximately
 $100,000 to conduct, and was far more sophisticated than required by
Advisory Circular. #72.  Nevertheless, EPA repeatedly requested addi-
 tional data during  the more than 4 months it took to receive approval of
 the revised shift schedule."

     General Motors;  "Manufacturers presently cannot use their own
 facilities to confirm horsepower values but must deliver their vehicles
 to an independent test site and incur a cost of at least $3000 per test.
This results in a significant amount of time lost from other test programs
while expensive prototypes are being transported and/or are awaiting
 regulatory tests.   Thus, alternate horsepower values that are close to
 frontal area numbers are often not submitted to EPA because of the added
burden resulting from potential confirmatory testing.  The small 7%
 'quick-check'  tolerance is equivalent to the dyno-to-dyno variations
reported for the EPA laboratory.   The risk of exceeding this tolerance
is significant since it has the potential of disqualifying emission data
vehicles or fuel economy data vehicles after a significant investment of
 time and resource.

     The demonstration requirements necessary to justify an approved
alternate shift schedule are so burdensome that the effort cannot be
justified for a relatively low volume manual transmission vehicle,
despite the fact that this configuration may offer better in-use fuel
economy."

     American Motors:  "This has always been a problem for American
Motors but it has proliferated during the last three years due to numer-
ous changes being made and without regard to the lead-time needs of the
manufacturers.   The burden of implementing alternate procedures that may
be valid for only a single model year is often considered prohibitive."

-------
                              Appendix C

                          ACCESSORY COMMENTS

I.   Introductory Statement

     "EPA now uses a carline/truck designation rather than an engine
family designation for assigning accessory load.  Additionally, carline
and truckline have been redefined to some degree.  Other than this no
apparent changes have been made in the EPA test procedure which xrould
affect the simulation of vehicle accessories."

II.  Comments

     Question 1:  "Has the carline/truckline approach for assigning
accessory load had an effect on your corporate average fuel economy?
How?  To what extent?"

     Volkswagen:  "No."

     Toyota:  "Even though some carlines/trucklines exist in the same
engine family, the expected air conditioning installation percentage
base on the engine family approach does not differ so greatly as com-
pared to that based on the carline/truckline approach.  Therefore, the
carline/truckline approach for assigning air conditioning load had no
effect on CAFE."

     Chrysler:  "The switch from engine family to carline for assigning
accessory loading has not had a significant effect on Chrysler's CAFE.
However, the switch from truck engine family accessory loading to truck-
line accessory loading in 1980 has a -0.10 mpg.fleet effect on 4x2 and
essentially a zero (-0.01 mpg) effect on 4x4 light truck fuel economy."

     Ford;  "The 1980 accessory selection rule which determines the 33%
option criterion by carline rather than by engine family causes the
effective test weight to increase slightly for 1980 passenger cars.
This, and some resultant additional power absorber penalties for air
conditioning, cause an approximate net 0.1 mpg decline in 1980 measured
CAFE.  In Ford's January 9,  1979, Position Paper to Ms.  Joan Claybrook,
this 0.1 mpg appears as the difference between the 0.3 mpg finer test
weight/options-by-car line penalty and the 0.2 mpg finer test weight
penalty.

     The total effect of these selection changes on Ford's 1980 light
truck fuel economy is the same as the carline effect (i.e., 0.3 mpg CAFE
loss) and was reported to NHTSA in Ford's January 17, 1979 response to
NHTSA's NPRM on reconsideration of the 1981 light truck fuel economy
standards."

     General Motors:  "The carline/truckline approach for assigning
accessory load has not significantly affected our passenger carlines on
the average.  However, while the effect on our total truck fleet average
is not currently known,  some individual truck models have gained 500 to
750 Ibs.  This is due to the effect of the heavier truck accessories,
e.g., optional fuel tank, step bumper and rear air conditioner."

-------
                                  -2-
     American Motors;  "Since the EPA has adopted carline/truckline
designations rather  than an engine family designation for assigning
options  (accessory loads), AM has not found a net fleet average penalty
or benefit.  Individual vehicles have increased while others have de-
creased  causing the  1980 net impact to be insignificant."

     Question 2:  "Do you believe that there have been other changes
made in  the EPA test procedure which affect the simulation of the load
imposed  on the engine by the vehicle accessories?  What changes?  What
effect?"

     Volkswagen;  "No."

     Chrysler:  "We are not aware that other changes in the EPA test
procedure may have changed the simulated effects of vehicle accessories."

     Ford:  "Ford knows of no other test procedure changes that have
adversely affected accessory load simulation."

     General Motors:  "GM is not aware of other changes made in the EPA
test procedure that affect the road load simulation."

     American Motors:  "It is possible that the interaction of Advisory
Circular 55-B (coast-down procedure for 1980) with the carline/truckline
approach would have some effect, but this has not been observed or
determined at this time."

     Question 3:  "There appears to be increasing use of accessories,
such as air conditioning, in small vehicles.  Is the current EPA simula-
tion of air conditioning (10 percent increase in the dynamometer power
absorption) adequate for this simulation since such smaller vehicles
generally would have reduced dynamometer power absorptions?"

     Volkswagen:  "We find that the 10% increase in dyno horsepower for
air conditioning adequately represents the actual load."

     Toyota:   "Though we do not have enough data to indicate the re-
lationship between the engine power consumed by air conditioning in
consumer use and the DPA value set on the chassis dynamometer for fuel
economy testing, data are available which demonstrate that a 5 to 10
percent loss on the fuel economy for Celica models with 20R engines
appears when the air conditioning is activated at maximum capacity
during actual vehicle driving as compared to when the air conditioning
is in the OFF condition.   Certainly,  this effect on the fuel economy is
larger than that due to the 10 percent increase in DPA on the chassis
dynamometer,  because the latter loss is 2 to 4 percent according to 1979
MY certification data for Celica models with the 20R engine.   This
tendency will be found in large vehicles as well as small vehicles.

-------
                                   -3-
However, judging  from  the  fact  that  the air  conditioning  is not always
activated with  the maximum capacity, we believe that  the  current EPA
simulation of air conditioning  load  is adequate for this  simulation."

     Chrysler:    "The  determination  of average fuel economy effects of
accessory operation  (i.e.,  on a nationwide year-round basis) also in-
volves much more  complex issues than whether or not the system's opera-
tion is being properly  simulated.  Air conditioning losses, for example,
vary with ambient temperature,  humidity, time of day  (i.e., sun load),
driving speeds, acceleration rates, etc., all of which are in turn
affected by geographic  variables.  To calculate an average effect, one
would have to determine a  nationwide vehicle weighted operating condition
and determine the variability of the system's operation over the range
of operating conditions.

     EPA's current practice of  applying a 10 percent dynamometer horse-
power penalty to  carlines  with  air conditioner installation rates of
greater than 33 percent results in a fuel economy penalty of about 2
percent.  This penalty  is  relatively invariant with horsepower; for
instances, it is  about  1.7 percent on larger vehicles and up to about
2.3 percent fuel  economy on smaller vehicles.  This rule results in
subcompacts being more  heavily  penalized than larger vehicles.

     To illustrate this point,  using published air conditioning in-
stallation rates  on  1977 models and EPA's vehicle classes from their
fuel economy booklet, the  following average installation rates are:
              Average Air Conditioning Installation Rate

     Subcompact          Compact        Intermediate        Full Size

        48.7%             75.3%             80.2%             95.6%
     An examination of these numbers gives a clear indication that the
average subcompact fuel economy is being excessively penalized for use
of air conditioning when this option is used on less than one-half of
the volume produced."

     Ford:  "Depending upon the ambient conditions, the current simula-
tion for air conditioning use (10% increase in PAU setting) may not
adequately account for the effect it has on fuel consumption.  EPA has
estimated that the average fuel economy penalty for air conditioning,
when operational at FTP ambient conditions is about 9% in an on-versus-
off comparison.  The 10% power absorber increase in the dynamometer
simulation leads to a 2% fuel economy penalty for large cars and a 3%
fuel economy penalty for small cars.  This is because the PAU consti-
tutes a larger fraction of the work requirement for small cars.  Therefore,
the 10% increase in PAU impacts smaller cars relatively more than it
does larger cars and is consistent with the question1s implication that
air conditioning affects smaller cars'  fuel economy more than that of
larger cars.  More accurately, it affects lower power-to-weight vehicles
relatively more than high pox^er-to-weight vehicles.  The simulation is
consistent and proper for both types of vehicles.

-------
                                   -4-
     It was mentioned at the outset that the  10% PAU increase is an
expedient and leads  to a 2%-3% fuel economy decrease rather than the
observed 9% decrease during air conditioner operation.  There are two
factors which tend to make this expedient more accurate than it first
appears.  First, the EPA selected rules require a vehicle to be tested
with the air conditioning penalty if only 33% or more of that model
contains air conditioners.  Second, when the national average duty cycle
of air conditioner operation is considered, the gross effect on con-
sumption is reduced  far below the 9% figure cited above.  Air condition-
ing is seldom used in northern areas and is seldom used at night in all
areas.  It is not difficult to reconcile the 9% figure to a figure of 2%
or below when the actual over-all operation of air conditioning is
considered."

     General Motors:  "The current EPA air conditioning (A/C) adjustment
factor appears to be an adequate simulation regardless of vehicle size."

     American Motors:  "We believe the 10 percent factor is an adequate
simulation in small vehicles and may be slightly high for some full-size
vehicles that use fuel-saving cycling compressors."

     Question 4:  "What would be the effect of a more realistic simu-
lation of air conditioning load on your corporate average fuel economy?"

     Volkswagen:  "No detailed data available, however, would contribute
to further complication of test procedures."

     Toyota:  "We do not have a more realistic simulation of air condition-
ing load than the current EPA simulation."

     Chrysler:   "Modifying EPA test procedures to further refine these
effects would certainly add complication to an already complicated
situation and would require more precision than the EPA test can ever
hope to accomplish.

     The determination of average fuel economy effects of accessory
operation (i.e., on a nationwide year-round basis)  also involves much
more complex issues than whether or not the system's operation is being
properly simulated.  Air conditioning losses,  for example,  vary with
ambient temperature, humidity, time of day (i.e., sun load), driving
speeds, acceleration rates, etc.,  all of which are in turn affected by
geographic variables.  To calculate an average effect,  one would have to
determine a nationwide vehicle weighted operating condition and de-
termine the variability of the system's operation over the range of
operating conditions."

     Ford;   "As explained in the preceding answer,  the present air
conditioner simulation is probably realistic when duty cycle or actual
air conditioning operation in the field is taken into account.  The
question implies that this is not the case but certainly the alternative
of testing the air conditioner actually operational is less realistic.
To properly account for air conditioning's fuel economy impact would
require at least two tests (on/off)  and a duty cycle weighted average of
the two results.

-------
                                   —5—
     Establishing the actual weighting would have to involve extensive  .
studies of different areas of the country with different climate con-
ditions with recognition of variations in climate conditions on a year
to year basis.  This would lead to the same result presently obtained
but with a huge almost non-containable effort.

     In addition, a duty-cycle characterizing actual air conditioner use
would have to be established, velocity proportional air flow around the
vehicle would have to be provided to assure representative convective
cooling, and representative humidity levels would have to be determined
and regulated during testing to assure proper condenser efficiency.  The
cost impact of all these additional conditions make the adoption of such
a procedure prohibitive."

     General Motors:  ". . . GM believes that the current method of
accounting for air conditioning load is a reasonable assessment of the
average penalty the customer experiences."

     American Motors:  "We believe the current 10 percent increase in
the dynamometer power absorption for carlines/trucklines is reasonably
representative, consequently we have not considered other more-realistic
simulations."

     Question 5:  "What would be the effect of more realistic simulation
of other engine-driven accessories x^hich are not fully utilized in the
EPA test procedure (i.e., power steering, engine cooling fan, electrical
system load) on your corporate average fuel economy?"

     Volkswagen;  Refer to answer of question 4.

     Toyota:  "Other engine-driven accessories such as engine cooling
fan and alternator, except power steering, are operated on the chassis
dynamometer in the same manner as encountered during the consumer use.
With respect to the power steering,  since only the engine power loss at
a straight-driving is reflected in the current FTP,  it is expected that
the EPA measured fuel economy is slightly better than the fuel economy
encountered during the consumer use including curve-driving.   However,
at this time, we are not aware of a practicable and more realistic
simulation of power steering."

     Chrysler:  "In most instances,  accessory operations on the EPA
cycle are yielding results of a reasonable order of magnitude.   Modi-
fying EPA test procedures to further refine these effects would certain-
ly add complication to an already complicated situation and would require
more precision than the EPA test can ever hope to accomplish.

     There is one area where added refinements might be made which would
not complicate testing unnecessarily.   That would be in providing suffi-
cient air flow to obtain underhood and underbody temperature environ-
ments corresponding with highway operating conditions.

-------
                                   -6-
     The determination of average fuel economy effects of accessory
operation  (i.e., on a nationwide year-round basis) also involves much
more complex issues than whether or not the system's operation is being
properly simulated.  Air conditioning losses, for example, vary with
ambient temperature, humidity, time of day (i.e., sun load), driving
speeds, acceleration rates, etc., all of which are in turn affected by
geographic variables.  To calculate an average effect, one would have to
determine a nationwide vehicle weighted operating condition and de-
termine the variability of the system's operation over the range of
operating conditions.  The same analysis would be required for analyzing
the operation of most other accessory systems."

     Ford:  "Power steering is fully simulated by the present procedure.
This is because the increased pump load during steering maneuvers is
negligible compared to the pump load that is constantly present.  A more
realistic simulation of power steering (e.g., movement of the steering
wheel back and forth), therefore, would have negligible effect on fuel
economy.

     Operating the electrical systems such as headlights, defrosters,
etc., would reduce measured fuel economy."

     General Motors:  "GM has not conducted studies to indicate the
penalty of each accessory under all operating conditions."

     American Motors:  "AM is unable to respond to this question because
we are unaware of the need to simulate the engine-driven accessories
more realistically than the current procedures provide."

     Question 6:  "Has the lack of accurate representation of accessory
loading precluded or inhibited your development of more efficient acces-
sories or accessory drives?"

     Volkswagen;  "No."

     Toyota:  "In spite of x^hether or not the simulation of engine-
driven accessories is reflected in the current FTP realistically, we are
making every effort to reduce engine power loss caused by the various
engine-driven accessories, which is encountered during consumer use.
Therefore, the lack of accurate representation of accessory loading does
not inhibit our development of more efficient accessories."

     Chrysler:   "Despite the lack of provisions in the regulations for
accurate representation of accessory loading,  Chrysler will continue to
develop more efficient accessories and accessory drives in order to
improve consumer fuel economy."

     Ford:  "Ford is pursuing the development of every practicable
accessory program offering any benefit in the improvement of efficiency."

-------
                                   -7-
     General Motors:  "GM has investigated the total vehicle to improve
on-road fuel economy for the customer.  Examples of accessory improve-
ments which we investigated were included in our August 7, 1978 response
to NHTSA (Attachment 4, pgs. 13-15).  These devices have been under
development regardless of EPA's accessory load procedure during dyna-
mometer testing.  As an example, GM has introduced accessory fuel economy
improvements even though they cannot be recognized by the EPA test
procedure."

     Attachment 4 is not included herein.

-------
                              Appendix D

                    INERTIA WEIGHT CHANGE COMMENTS

I.   Introductory Statement

     "Beginning with the 1980 model year, EPA reduced the increments of
simulated inertia by approximately a factor of two (from 500 pounds to
250 pounds for vehicles over 4,000 pounds).  This change was made to
provide more accurate simulation of the test vehicle weight."

II.  Comments

     Question 1:  "If the current test weight increments were applied to
first the 1974 test vehicle fleet, then to the 1975 test vehicle fleet,
what percentage of those vehicles would have been tested at higher
simulated inertia?  At lower simulated inertia?"

     Volkswagen:  "At the same 1974 model year curb weights, one model
out of nine total would have been tested at a higher simulated inertia
and one model at a lower.

     At the 1975 model year curb weights there would be no changes in
simulated inertia."

     Toyota:

      Test                Test                       Test
     Vehicle       Vehicles Shifted to        Vehicles Shifted to
        MY       Higher Simulated Inertia   Lower Simulated Inertia

      1974             6 of 22                   2 of 22

      1975             7 of 29                      0
     Chrysler:  "The data for answering these questions is not readily
available."

     Ford:  "As of 1975, the actual weights of Ford's passenger cars and
light trucks were more or less randomly distributed within each inertia
weight category (IWC).  This was not by design, but rather reflects the
absence of a strong external influence which would tend to cause a bias
in one direction or another.  Had the finer equivalent test weight (ETW)
categories of the 1980 model year been applied to 1975 model year production
configurations, the following changes in test weight would have occurred.

-------
                  % Vehicle
                Configurations
                   Tested at
                Higher Inertia

     Car               28
     Truck (0-6000)    19
                                  -2-
                 ETW vs IWC

                 % Vehicle
               Configurations
                  Tested at
                Same Inertia

                    41
                    63
      % Vehicle
    Configurations
       Tested at
    Reduced Inertia

          31
          18
     General Motors:  "This question has no bearing on the stated pur-
pose of the questionaires."

     American Motors;  "AM does not believe the question relates to the
issue because the 1981-1984 passenger car fuel economy standards were
based primarily on the 1977 model year cars not the 1974-1975 model year
cars.  In addition, our carline mix has changed from a full-line manu-
facturer to a limited-line manufacturer causing us to question the
practicality of even attempting to generate this information.

     Our 1974-1975 light-duty truck fleet (0-6000 pounds GVWR) consisted
of Jeep CJ's and AM General Postal Service vehicles:.  Applying the
change to the 1974 model year Jeep CJ's would not have changed the
simulated inertia, but in the 1975 model year 50 percent of our Jeep
CJ's would have been tested at a higher simulated inertia weight.

     Under the new increments 100 percent of the 1974 and 1975 Postal
Service vehicles would have been tested at a higher simulated inertia
weight."

     Question 2:  "If the current test vehicle fleet were tested using
the pre-1979 inertia increments what percentage of vehicles would be
tested at higher simulated inertia?  At lower simulated inertia?"

     Volkswagen:  "No vehicle would be tested at a highter simulated
inertia, all of them at lower simulated inertia."
     Toyota:

       Test
     Vehicle's
        MY
  Percentage of Test
  Vehicles Shifted to
Higher Simulated Inertia
  Percentage of Test
  Vehicles Shifted to
Lower Simulated Inertia
       1980
        30 of 35
      11 of 35

-------
                                  -3-
     Ford:  "The passage of  the Energy Policy and Conservation Act which
established fuel economy standards and penalties for non-compliance,
there arise a strong incentive to reduce weight to increase fuel economy.
This is reflected, partly, in a biased toward the high end of the inertia
weight categories.  It occurred because vehicles with weights in the
lower end of each category were lightened as much as possible'. .. .and
were able to be recategorized into the next lower IWC.

     The result of this externally motivated weight reduction, in 1980,
is to cause a difference in  average test weight as it would be calcu-
lated by the 1975 and 1980 classification rules.  The percentage of
vehicle configurations reclassified is shown below.

     The percentage of trucks reclassified into heavier test weight
classes was not as severe as with out passenger vehicles."

                                   IWC vs ETW
        Cars
        Truck
   % Vehicle
Configurations
   Tested at
Higher Inertia

      75
      17
   % Vehicle
Configurations
   Tested at
 Same Inertia

      23
      62
   % Vehicle
Configurations
   Tested at
Reduced Inertia

        3
       21
     General Motors;  "If the NY 1979 GM fleet were tested per the MY
1980 test procedure utilizing the smaller test weight classes (TWC) and
options by carline, our fleet average test weight would increase by 112
Ibs, as shown in Figure Dl.  This analysis considers 70% of GM's high
volume MY 1979 vehicles (California, altitude and low volume configura-
tions were omitted from this analysis) to determine the test weight
penalty independent of vehicle mix and technology changes year-to-year."

     American Motors:  "The following tables have been simplified and
have not been sales \
-------
                                   -4-
     Truckllne

     CJ5/7      4-Cyl      3000                   3000               0
                6-Cyl      3000                   3250             250
                8-Cyl      3500                   3375            (125)
     Wagoneer   8-Cyl      4500                   4500               0
     Cherokee   6-Cyl      4000                   4250             250
                8-Cyl      4500                   4500               0
     Truck J10  6-Cyl      4500                   4500               0
                8-Cyl      4500                   4500               0
     Truck J20  8-Cyl      4500                   4750             250
     Eagle      6-cyl      3750                   3812              62
*    IW = Inertia Weight Class; TWC = Test Weight Class.

The actual penalty of the change can be noted in all carlines and all
trucklines (except the 8-cylinder CJ)."

     Question 3:  "What additional improvements in EPA measured fuel
economies would have been obtained if this change in EPA inertia cate-
gories had not been made?  What data exist to indicate that these measured
fuel economy improvements would have been realized in consumer use?"

     Volkswagen:  "Undetermined."

     Toyota:   "According to our experimental data derived from the 1980
MY Celica with 20R engine, the inertia weight change has an influence on
the fuel economy of 1.5 percent/125 Ibs. inertia increment for city fuel
economy and 1.0 percent/125 Ibs. inertia increment for highway fuel
economy, respectively.  Therefore, the assumption in this question will
yield 0.4 percent fuel economy loss on the 1980 MY CAFE because more
test vehicles are shifted to the higher simulated inertia due to the
implementation of test weight increments since 1980 MY, as shown in the
answer to Question 2."

     Chrysler:  "When EPA first proposed to change the Inertia/Test
Weight Increments (ref: NPRM publication in Federal Register, September
10, 1976 at 41 FR 38674, etc.), Chrysler made detailed projections and
analyses of the 1978 passenger car fleet with the model line-up, vehicle
weights, projected sales and fuel economy current at that point in time.
Our response to the NPRM noted (ref:  S. L. Terry, Chrysler, December 6,
1976 response addressed to R. E. Train, Administrator, EPA, pages 5, 6,
and 7) that the proposed finer increments would increase the fleet
average inertia weight by 65 Ibs. and reduce the fleet average fuel
economy by 0.28 mpg."

     Ford:  "As Ford reported in its Position Paper on the 1981-1984
passenger car fuel economy standards and in its response to the NHTSA
NPRM regarding reconsideration of the 1981 light truck fuel economy
standard, the revised inertia x^eight classifications (ETW vs IWC) for
1980 will reduce our otherwise expected CAFE by 0.2 mpg on passenger
cars and 0.3 mpg on light trucks (including the effect of the revised
procedure for determining option content).

-------
                                  -5-
     These may be viewed as measured gains which were precluded by rule
change.  They are not, however, detectable to the consumer.

     There is no way  to determine whether, or to what extent, the actual
in-use fuel economy of a given vehicle has been, or will be in the
future, changed by the change in EPA's inertia categories."

     General Motors:  "Contrary to question 3, there would be no addi-
tional improvements by retaining the MY 1975 test weight procedures.
Since the test weight class procedure was changed, GM has been penalized.

     The basis for the MY 1981-84 standards was MY 1977 which had the
same weight test procedure as MY 1975 through 1979.  Therefore, a proper
comparison is between MY 1979, with the original weight procedures, and
MY 1980, with the revised weight procedures,   In this case, the 112 Ib
penalty for the MY 1980 procedures, as indicated in response D2, results
in approximately a 0.1 mpg loss in GM's CAFE.  Therefore, if the test
procedure change had not been made, GM would not have been penalized
relative to the MY 1975 test procedure specificied in the Energy Policy
and Conservation Act  (EPCA).  Since the vehicle did not change, the fuel
economy realized by the consumer is not affected."

     American Motors:  "AM is not aware of any additional improvements
in EPA measured fuel economy on our vehicles if this change in inertia
categories had not been made. The change represents a low (0.1 to 0.3
mpg) car and truck fleet average fuel economy penalty over the past
inertia categories because our vehicles had tended to group slightly
toward the high end of each previous inertia weight category.

     The change had no direct impact on in-use vehicle fuel economy, but
it has caused additional testing and facilities expenditures that could
have been diverted to fuel economy development."

     Question 4:  "What was the average difference between production
vehicle weights and EPA simulated vehicle weights under the 1979 pro-
cedures?  Under the pre-1979 procedures?"

     Volkswagen:  "No difference."

     Toyota:

                    Number      Pre-1980 MY Inertia        1980 MY Test
                    of Test      Weight Increment        Weight Increment
     "Term         Vehicles     	Procedure	          Procedure

       A              35             79.5 Ibs                 43.9 Ibs
       B              35             27.9 Ibs                 -4.2 Ibs
Note:     "1980 MY test vehicles are used for this calculation.   Term 'A1
          means the absolute average of designed production vehicle weight
          minus EPA simulated vehicle weight.  Term 'B1  means the average
          of designed production vehicle weight minus EPA simulated
          vehicle weight."

-------
                                  -6-
     Ford:  "Ford does not maintain a data.base of average production
and simulated weights."

     American Motors:  "The simulated inertia weight classes for pre-
1979 and the 1979 models are the same and we are therefore not sure we
understand the question.

     AM does not have the information in the form that would show the
average difference between production vehicle weights and EPA simulated
vehicle weights."

     Question 5;  "Are the above claimed effects permanent or transitory?
If transitory, what percentage of your fleet is affected and for how
long?  Please explain you answer."

     Volkswagen;  "Undetermined."

     Toyota:  "This is transitory because the sensitivity in the fuel
economy is changeable due to the future vehicle weight reduction at
model change and the future vehicle weight reduction at model change and
the new emission control system to satisfy the future emission standards."

     Chrysler:  ".  . .we have initiated a strong weight reduction
program in order to place all high sales volume vehicles in the lowest
test weight class which is reasonable.   While we do not expect to com-
pletely offset the above noted potential loss,  we do expect to minimize
the loss in 1980.  Eventually, as new vehicles replace old vehicles and
future weight reductions achieved, the loss should approach zero."

     Ford:   "The effects of reducing the increments of simulated inertia
are permanent."

     General Motors:  "The effects of the smaller test weight classes
and options determined by carline rather than by engine families are
permanent.   In the redesign of our new carlines we must now account for
the average 112 Ib test weight penalty,  described in response to Ques-
tion 2, before we obtain any credit under the MY 1980 test procedures
for weight reduction.   Therefore, GM would use weight reduction tech-
nology at a considerable expense without realizing any fuel economy
gain."

     American Motors:   "The effects of the EPA reduced increments of
simulated inertia weight by a factor of two is a permanent test pro-
cedure penalty.  We are unaware of any technique we could use that would
permit it to be considered a transitory effect on our fleet average fuel
economy.  Our response to Question 2 of this section shows the impact of
this penalty is fleet wide and slightly more significant with respect to
our trucklines than our carlines."

-------
                                      -7-
 General Motors Data
                                   Figure D-l
Effect of MY 1980 Test Weight Class Realignment on GM Fleet
EPA GM Car
Class Line
Midsize
Large
Large
Midsize
Sub-
compact
Sub-
compact
Compact/
Midsize
Sub-
compact
Compact/
A
B
C
E
F

H

K
T

X
Avg. I.WC I/
79 Fleet
79 Regs.
3533
4132
4513
4075
4000

3210

4500
2435

3875
Avg.
Avg. TWC 2J Test Avg. TWC _3/ Average TWC
79 Fleet Weight 80 Fleet From 79 Fleet
80 Regs. Change 80 Regs. 80 Regs.
3725
4269
4638
4256
3940

3230

4750
2440

3875
+192 3723
+137 4160
+125 4481
+181 4178
-60 3907

+20 3209

+250 4302
+5 2434

2910
-2
-109
-157
-78
-33

-21

-448
-6

-965
 Midsize

Two-  .     Y        4000         3875       -125      3700       -175
 seater

Fleet Average       3785         3897       +112      3680       -217
 Test Weight

Fleet Avg. Loaded   3868         3868       0         3700       -168
 Vehicle Weight _4/

JY   Inertia Weight Class - MY 1979 definition of broad weight classes
(250/500 Ib increments).

2_l   TWC - Test Weight Class - MY 1980 definition of weight, within an
inertia weight class, at which a vehicle is tested based on its loaded
vehicle weight (125/250 Ib increments).

_3/   Avg. MY 1980 TWC represents the effects of GM weight reduction
program for B-C-K-X-Y car lines.

j4/   Loaded vehicle weight - curb weight plus EPA options plus 300 Ib.

-------
                              Appendix E

                     EMISSION STANDARDS COMMENTS

I.   Introductory Statement

     "In the other areas of this questionaire it is important that the
issue of test procedure changes is not confused with comments related to
emission standards.  However, since some manufacturers may wish to
comment on issues related to emission standards the following questions
are presented."

II.  Comments

     Question 1:  "Has the imposition of the 0.41/3.4/1.0 emission
standards (1981) inhibited the development of alternate engines and
control strategies relative to conventional spark ignition (SI) en-
gines?"

     Volkswagen:  "Yes."

     Toyota:  "To meet the 0.41/3.4/1.0 emission standards in gasoline-
fueled engines, we believe that most of our models will need the final
big measure (i.e., three-way catalyst with feedback control system).  If
the NOx standard were not so stringent, conventional engines (or strat-
ified engines) with oxidation catalyst, which have been widely used,
would not be excluded from the market.  Considering diesel engines, the
variation in the manufacturing process is expected to lead to the big-
gest difficulty; that of achieving the NOx standard of 1.0 g/mile."

     Chrysler:  "The imposition of the .41/3.4/1.0 emission standard for
1981 MY has inhibited the development of alternate engines and control
strategies in several ways.   With less stringent emission regulations,
development efforts could be more intensely directed tox\rard the im-
provement of fuel economy, optimization of efficiency and specific
output, the minimization of cost,  and the more effective use of capital
resources.

     For example, a spark ignited gasoline engine operating at extremely
lean air/fuel ratios may be an attractive alternative to the stoichio-
metric, closed loop systems proposed for 1981.   Both pre-chamber and
open-chamber arrangements are expected to provide efficiency gains of
several percent and substantial savings in cost and complexity.   However,
the allowable hydrocarbon level of 0.41 gm/mi is a severe limitation on
maximum air/fuel ratio and thus on the attainable efficiency gain.

     In the case of the diesel engine, there is a direct relation be-
tween efficiency and NOx,  and an inverse relation between HC and NOx.
Thus, the imposition of a rigid NOx standard will penalize efficiency to
a substantial degree, while also making more difficult the attainment of
low HC level.   The use of EGR alters the magnitude of these relations,
but not the basic trends.   EGR may also contribute to increased partic-
ulate emissions.

-------
                                  -2-

     Some of the less common alternative engines are also affected by
restrictive emission standards.  Stratified charge gasoline engines.
especially the open chamber variety, are not only influenced, but ulti-
mately efficiency-limited by restrictive HC and NOx standatds.  The
rotary Wankel is very sensitive to HC limits, and extensive redesigns
have been developed to meet them.

     The gas turbine and Stirling engines may adapt more readily to low
emission requirements, but the attendant cost penalties may be significant."

     Ford;  "The manpower and capital requirements to meet the stringent
1981 emission standards have substantially impaired our ability to
devote resources to alternate engines and various powertrain strategies.
Our cessation of work on the Stirling engine is an example.  Also, we
would probably be further along on Turbo-Charging, PROCO, Diesels and
Turbines if it were not for our all out effort to meet current emission
and fuel economy standards.

     In regard to control strategies for conventional spark ignition
engines, Ford has increased its development work on various electronic
control systems and is planning to increase usage of such systems."

     General Motors;  "The basic objective of GM's continuing alterna-
tive engine research and development programs has been to find and
develop superior alternatives to the spark-ignition gasoline engine.

     A prime alternative to spark-ignition engines is the diesel engine.
However, simultaneously meeting the 0.41 HC and 1.0 NOx standards for MY
1981 has proven to be an extremely difficult challenge.   At present
levels of technology development, NOx levels of 1.0 g/mi would require
the use of EGR which in turn would increase particulate emission levels
and cause, severe problems with engine durability.  With today's tech-
nology the MY 1981 emission standards thus preclude the continued use of
light-duty diesel engines, particularly in the larger vehicles."

     American Motors;   "Yes,  these stringent emission standards require
a total undiluted effort for AM to purchase and adapt the necessary
conventional engine-emission control systems to our cars thereby ex-
cluding us from practically considering alternate engines and control
strategies for the forseeable future."

     Question 2:   "On September 19,  1978,  EPA distributed a draft Ad-
visory Circular with regard to emissions at temperatures and operating
conditions typical of the urban environment, such as vehicle operation
at 50°F, but not specifically evaluated by the FTP.  What effect would
this draft Advisory Circular have on your present corporate average fuel
economy?  What effect would it have on your future ability to improve
fuel economy as measured on the EPA tests and in consumer use?  In
particular, what would be the effect of this draft Advisory Circular on
the use of electronics and on the use of other new types of fuel economy
improvement technology such as turbocharging,  and variable displacement
engines?  What data are available to support your response?"

     Volkswagen:   "Undetermined,  but we expect a negative effect on
CAFE."

-------
                                  -3-
     Toyota;  "At this time, we cannot even imagine what effect it would
have on the fuel economy of each model and how our CAFE might change.
We believe that the difficulty of conformity with the standard, not the
effect on the CAFE, is the primary problem with this draft A/C."

     Chrysler;  "We have neither the time nor the facilities necessary
to evaluate the effects on fuel economy of 'testing at temperatures other
than those specified by the FTP.  In tests conducted by the Canadian
government at reduced ambient temperatures it was found that fuel con-
sumption increases significantly as ambient temperature decreases.  SAE
paper 780935 'The Effects of Technology on Automobile Fuel Economy Under
Canadian Conditions,' A.C.S. Hayden, 1978)."

     Ford;  "The ill-defined and open-ended nature of this draft Advisory
Circular has precluded any definitive analysis as to its impact on fuel
economy."

     General Motors;  "General Motors has previously reported low ambient
temperature emission tests of oxidation catalyst equipped vehicles (SAE
Paper No. 741052, Attachment 7).  In comparison to non-catalyst vehicles
the use of catalysts was shown to improve the warm-up emissions per-
formance of the vehicle.   In addition, General Motors also reported same
tests of three-way catalyst equipped vehicles to EPA (FE-1400, July 19,
1978, Attachment 8, and FE-1535, December 20, 1978,  Attachment 9).

     We believe these tests indicate that present and future catalyst
systems provide a considerable degree of emissions control under non-FTP
test conditions.  However, GM does not have data to allow us to assess
the impact of the draft Advisory Circular on our entire product line.
Consequently,  it is not possible to estimate the effect of the require-
ments of the draft Advisory. Circular on our present CAFE or on the use
of the fuel economy improvement technology cited in this question."

     General Motors Attachments 7, 8, and 9 are not included herein.

     American Motors;  "Fuel economy effects of this Advisory Circular
could not be measured by AM because there were several major procedural
elements which were not addressed by the EPA.  The absence of such
important test elements as tolerances for testing conditions, precon-
ditioning of the vehicle,  test fuel specifications and the applicability
of deterioration factors made actual evaluation of these non-FTP stand-
ards impractical.

     Should the EPA decide to impose such non-FTP standards in the
future, there could be a negative fuel economy penalty for AM because
the additional tasks will require diverting resources presently involved
in basic fuel economy research into investigation of the impact of non-
FTP emissions."

     Question 3:  "What effect did the change, by Congress, of the 1978
light-duty vehicle standards of 0.41 gm/mi HC, 3.4 gm/mi CO, and 0.4
gm/mi NOx to 0.41 gm/mi HC for 1980, to 3.4 gm/mi CO to 1981 (with
possible waiver to 7.0),  and 1.0 gm/mi NOx in 1981 have on your 1978

-------
                                  -4-
 through  1985  corporate  average  fuel economies?  Please answer separately
 for  conventional SI  engines, stratified charge SI engines and diesel
 engines."

     Volkswagen:   "Effects on CAFE not quantified, but an obvious
 positive effect is realized when considering the relaxed NOx require-
 ments."

     Toyota:  "A system to meet the California 1983 MY NOx standard of
 0.4  g/mile has not been developed.  Therefore, it is not evident what
 effect the changes had  and will have on our CAFE."

     Chrysler:  "We  are presently working toward the research goal of
 0.4  gm/mi NOx as established by Section 202(b)(7) of the Clean Air Act
 Amendments of 1977.  Since we have thus far been unable to attain that
 goal, it is not possible for us to measure the effects of a 0.41/3-4/0.4
 standard on fuel economy as compared with 0.41/3.4/1.0.  At the present
 time, it appears that if known  technology can be improved and refined to
 the  point where the  0.4 gm/mi NOx level can be achieved, the necessary
 engineering design trade-off will result in a significant fuel economy
 penalty."

     General Motors;  "The emission control systems which shows the most
 promise of meeting the  0.41/3.4/0.4 standards employ catalytic treatment
 of all three pollutants.  Our current test data indicates a 5% loss in
 fuel economy due to  the MY 1980 emission standards and a 3% minimum loss
 for  MY 1981 and beyond.  In addition, EPA's failure to grant a MY 1981
 NOx  waiver and/or  regulating stringent particulate standards could
 preclude the use of  the diesel engine as a means of improving our CAFE.
 This loss would affect  GM's CAFE by 0.4 mpg in MY 1982 and 0.8 mpg in MY
 1985."

     American Motors:   "The 0.4 gram/mile NOx level was not technologically
 feasible for the 1978 model year.   The change, by Congress, that establish-
 ed the 1.0 NOx level for the 1981 model year and reclassified the 0.4
 NOx  standard to a  research goal was appropriate and does not directly
 impact our 1978 through 1985 fleet average fuel economy.  Remember, the
 Energy Policy and  Conservation Act car fuel economy standards were based
 on the 1975 emission standards.

     The 0.41 HC,  3.4 CO and 1.0 NOx standards are estimated to result
 in a 1.0 to 1.5 mpg  car fleet average fuel economy penalty over the 1.5
 HC,  1.5 CO and 2.0 NOx  standards (1977-1979)."

     Question 4:   "Are  any synergistic effects present when simultaneous
 changes are made in  emission standards and test procedures, which do not
 occur when one of  those factors is changed alone?  Explain."

     Toyota:   "When  the lead time is the same, there are synergistic
 effects.   We request that EPA synchronize revision of the test procedure
with emission standard  changes and allow adequate lead time to reduce
 the  burden on the manufacturer which in turn may be expected to lead to
 synergistic effects."

-------
                                  -5-
     Chrysler:  "We are unaware of any synergistic technological effects
on fuel economy, attributable to the combined effects of simultaneous
changes in emission standards and test procedures."

     Ford:  "We are unable to identify any specific synergistic effect
of simultaneous changes, however, we would hypothesize that the negative
effect that would normally accompany changes to both emission standards
and test procedures would be largely eliminated if adequate lead time
were provided - which is usually not the case with regard to test pro-
cedure changes."

     General Motors:  "GM believes that the effects of simultaneous
changes in emission standards and test procedures on fuel economy are
synergistic.  First, GM's 11 car study shovrs that the test procedure
changes caused a significant emission penalty (0.028 gm/mi or 2% of MY
1979 standard for HC and 0.78 gm/mi or 5% of MY 1979 standard for CO).
It is estimated that the recalibration required to account for this test
procedure emission penalty will cause a negative impact on fuel economy.
Second, the calibration change required to meet the stringent MY 1981
emission standards by itself is expected to cause a fuel economy penalty
as indicated in the response to question 3."

     American Motors:  "AM does not believe there are inherent synergis-
tic effects caused by simultaneously making changes to the standards and
test procedures.  However, we have observed many times over the past
three years that changes of test procedures have caused an emissions
increase that requires a recalibration to maintain constant emissions.
Most of the items in Appendix A.under the major significance column are
of this
type."

     The American Motors Appendix A has been included as Attachment E-l
at the end of this appendix.

-------
American Motors
       Attachment E-l
                                                                                               Appendix E
                                                                                               Page 1 of 4
                                     EPA TEST PROCEDURE CHANGES SINCE 1975
Items of Direct or Major Significance

Standard HP setting for test
Alternate dynamometer power ab-
sorber (DPA) HP setting procedure
via the EPA Advisory Circulars
1975 Model Year
  Procedure

Table value-function
of inertia weight
New Procedure

HP based on aero-
dynamic consider-
ations
Absolute maniford pres- Recommended the
sure or alternate ap-   coastdown method
proved by the EPA       A/C 55, 3/26/76

                        A/C 55-A, 2/8/78
                        Revised A/C 55

                        A/C 55-B, 12/6/78
                        Revised A/C 55-A
 First Model
Year Affected

     1979
                         1978
                                                                                          1979
                                                                                          1980
  Estimated
Negative Impact
on FAFE — MPG

0.1-0.4
                 Low
                                     Low
                                     0-0.5
Procedures for setting road load
control on dynamometer

Test fuel specs.
  octane
  lead
  phosphorus
  sensitivity

Average absolute humidity during
test in EPA lab.

Calibration gas accuracy
Manual
As required by' mfgr.
As required by mfgr.
0.0
not specified

48 grains/lb.(avg)
+ 2% corporate
standards
A/C 55-C. to revise
A/C 55-B

Automatic
93 min.
0.05 max. gm/gal
0.005 gm/gal
7.5 min.

74 grains/lb.(avg)
+ 1% NBS traceable
     1981


     1977


     1978
                                                                                                      TBD
Low
                                                             Low
     1978


     1979
Low
Low

-------
American Motors
Attachment E-l (Continued)
                                                                                               Appendix E
                                                                                               Page 2 of 4
                                        1975 Model Year
Items of Direct or Major Significance      Procedure
                         New Procedure
                     First Model
                    Year Affected
Manual transmission shift
schedules
"Failure to start" procedure
for hot start portion of test

Manual transmission downshift
procedures

Parameter adjustment-idle mixture
and choke

Parameter adjustment-idle speed
and timing

Inertia weight

33% options by car line

Distance traveled

Evap test method


SPECIFIC CALIFORNIA PROCEDURES
Anti-tampering carburetor

Reduction in allowable maintenance
   15, 25 and 40 MPH     Technical amendment    1977
   shift points unless   eliminates 15, 25 and
   manufacturer recom-   40 MPH shift points.
                         Allows recommended
                         shift points.
                                        mends others
   Not specified
   None
   None
   None
                                                              A/C 72 changed the
                                                              procedure to 15,  25
                                                              and 40;  rated engine
                                                              RPM or in-use survey
                                                              data on 1/19/78.
Specified procedure


New requirement


New requirement


New requirement
   250/500 Ib increment  125/250 Ib increment

   None                  Requirement

   Noninal               Actual

   Carbon traps          SHED enclosure
   None
New requirement
   CFR 86.078-25(a)(l)   All maintenance
                         intervals extended
                                                1979
  Estimated
Negative Impact
on FAFE — MPG

 None
                                        Large but dif-
                                        ficult to es-
                                        timate.  It
                                        stifles 4 and
                                        5 speed impro-
                                        vements.   Use
                                        0.6 MPG est.
1978
1980
1981
1982
1980
1980
1978
1978
1980
1980
Low
Low
0.2-0
0.2-0
Low
. Nil
0.1-0
Low
Low
Low


.3
.4


.4




-------
American Motors
Items of Direct or Major Significance

Numerator of fuel economy formula
(constant)

C02 density

Use test vehicle to set dynamometer
HP for prep

Vehicle pre-conditioning limits at
EPA Lab (5-day prep A/C 50-A)

Diurnal and hot soak ambient temp-
erature requirements

Heat build:
  start temp.
  completion temp.
  time constraints

Test time constraints:
  fuel fill—start prep
  end prep—start soak
  soak times
  end diurnal—start C/H CVS
  end C/H CVS—start hot soak
Test cell temperature measurement
location
Attachment E-l (Continued)
1975 Model Year
; Procedure New Procedure
2423
51.85 gra/ft.
Allowed
2421
3 51.81 gm/ft.3
Not allowed
Appendix E
Page 3 of 4
First Model
Year Affected
1976
1980
1978
Estimated
Negative
on FAFE -
Nil
(.01)
Nil
Impact
- MPG



Not specified


76-86 deg F



60+2 deg F
5-day limit for
double prep.

68-86 deg F
60+1 deg F
84+2 deg F (evap)   Temp rise 24+1 deg F
60 + 10 minutes       60+2 minutes
Not specified.
Not specified
12 hours min.
Not specified
Not specified
Not specified
 Sample collection
Constant volume
sampler (CVS)
1 hour maximum
5 mins. max run
12-36 hours
1 hour max.
5 mins. engine run
max.,  7 mins. max.
total

Location must be
representative of
temperature ex-
perienced by
vehicle.

Critical flow
venturi (CFV)
1978
1978
1978
1978
1980
            i
            oo
            I
1978
Nil
 *  Unable  to estimate

-------
American Motors


Items of Direct or Major Significance

Calibration gases for NDIR analyzer
curves

Calibration gases for HC and NOx

Analyzer curve fitting technique
  Attachment E-l (Continued)
                                                                                          Appendix E
                                                                                          Page 4 of 4
Analyzer response during sampling


Span gas concentration


Analyzers  (C02)

One-hour AMA

Evap. system pressure check

40% nominal tank fuel volume


Temperature during soak  (Evap.
test)

To.tal (sales weighted) estimate

FOOTNOTE:
1975 Model Year
•  Procedure	

8 gases
2 gases

Use best judgment
in curve selection
Not specified


Approximately 80% of
full scale

Beckman 315A

Required

Required

Rounded to nearest
1.0 U.S. gallon

1st hr  (76-86 deg F)
10+ hr  (60-86 deg F)
New Procedure
6 gases
 First Model
Year Affected

   1978
6 gases               1978

Each data point       1978
within + 2% of
least-squares best-
fit line

20% to 100% of full   1980
scale

At least 70% of       1980
full scale

MSA-202               1978

LA-4                  1978

Not allowed           1978

Rounded to nearest    1978
0.1 U.S. gallon

12-36 hr (68-86       1978
deg F)
  Estimated
Negative Impact
on FAFE — MPG

   Low
                   Low

                   Low
                   Low


                   Low


                   Low

                   Low

                   Nil

                   Nil


                   Low


                   1.6
                  i
                  VO
                  I
Determining  the individual effect of any single procedural change is difficult because of the related'nature of
the  items.   Where possible an actual or judgmental fuel economy figure has been provided.  Whether an item is
direct and major, or indirect and minor, all items are of significance because each has to be considered for its
impact and adds to the engineering task.  Time that could have been used in system development now must be
allocated to the analysis of the impact of procedural and regulatory revisions.  Emission standard and other
general regulatory revisions which have direct or indirect fuel economy impact and further increase the burden
of compliance are listed on the following pages.

-------
                              Appendix F

                           GENERAL COMMENTS

I.   Introductory Statement

     "The following questions are not within the previous [or sub-
sequent] question groups.  However, since these questions address areas
where some changes may have occurred, your comments are requested."

II.  Comments

     Question 1:  "Emissions and fuel economy tests are performed on
vehicles specially prepared by the manufacturer for these tests.  Would
there be an effect on your corporate average fuel economy if production
vehicles were randomly selected for fuel economy testing?  What effect
do you estimate?"

     Volkswagen:  "No."

     Toyota:  "... vehicles from the assembly line might vary slightly
from the [prototype] vehicles for [fuel economy] tests but results could
further be complicated by production slippage,  vehicle to vehicle varia-
tion at production, break-in effect between green engine and 4000 miles,
etc.  Consequently, we cannot estimate their effect."

     Chrysler:  "The effect on the corporate average fuel economy if
production vehicles were used instead of prototype vehicles is unpre-
dictable.  Testing of production vehicles would not be consistent with
the principle of applying good engineering practice to the design of the
test program because of the variability associated with random pro-
duction sampling of small samples."

     Ford:   "Because the certification fleet is biased toward the 'worst
case' vehicles, we would expect a random, representative sample of our
production vehicles would produce an average fuel economy slightly
higher than the certification fleet.   Additionally, the gross vari-
ability in fuel economy that exists between 'green' engines and stabi-
lized engines would prohibit the drawing of any meaningful relationships
between the two.

     The necessity for a large statistically valid sample to obtain
'average' fuel economy values makes this [test  procedure] so impractical
as to render the comparison of approaches an unrealistic one."

     General Motors:  "GM has previously submitted a detailed analysis
to EPA of our production vehicles as compared to their prototype counter-
parts in a December 20, 1978 letter to Mr.  C. Gray, FE-1505 (Attachment
10).  The suggestion of using production vehicles for fuel economy
testing is not practical since 'production'  cars are not available at
the time most emission and fuel economy testing is required."

     American Motors:   "The idea that production vehicles could be used
for fleet average fuel economy compliance is not considered practical or

-------
                                     -2-
feasible for obvious reasons.  If such vehicles were to be randomly
selectd for fuel economy testing we would expect several effects to
counter each other culminating in a random result.  For example, we
would expect that random vehicle selection would be to our advantage
because it could not be penalized by the EPA 'worst case1 data-car
selection criteria, but this advantage would be offset by the higher
friction and variability of vehicles that were not properly broken in
prior to testing."

     Question 2:    "What data can you present to indicate that the fuel
economy improvements measured on the EPA tests have also occurred in
consumer vehicle use?"

     Volkswagen:    "Our experience, as well as EPA's test data, show
that the Volkswagen-Audi Certification fuel economy data represent
closely actual consumption of in-use vehicles."

     Chrysler:      ". . . we do not believe that the descrepancy between
EPA fuel economy values and on-road values is so large as to cause undue
concern or so great as a recent DOE report* would indicate.  We see no
reason why the difference between the EPA reported fuel economy ratings
and driver-reported ratings now should be any different than in previous
years.

     Ford:     "While it is generally recognized that average customer
fuel economy has been increasing over the past several years, definitive
customer data are difficult to obtain so that a precise, numerical re-
lationship cannot be cited.  One source of information that confirms the
trend of increasing customer gas mileage of cars is that from a large
leasing fleet.

     Shown in Exhibit V are the year-by-year average fuel economy figures
for the Ford Motor Company cars in a large leasing fleet managed by
Peterson, Howell and Heather (PH & H).  This fleet consists of between
about 5000 and 7500 Ford Motor Company cars each year.

     Also shown in Exhibit V is the 1975-1978 trend line for Ford's
annual CAFE figures, which of course are based of EPA test results.  The
two solid lines show a virtually parallel relationship, on a year-by-
year percentage basis.  The dashed line shown on Exhibit V is the Ford
CAFE trend line for 1975-1979.   This line indicates slightly greater
convergence with the PH & H in-use fleet averages than the 1975-1978
CAFE trend line which reflects, in part, the changes made by EPA to the
1975 test procedure.

     The mix of Ford Motor Company cars in the PH & H lease fleet does
not cover Ford's entire product line up and production mix (PH & H tends
to be midsize and large models),  so the parallel relationship and abso-
lute difference between the EPA CAFE values and PH & H values are not
conclusive, but they do indicate corresponding improvements."
On-Road Fuel Economy Trends and Impacts,  DOE Office of Conservation and
Advanced Energy Systems Policy, February  17, 1979."

-------
                                  -3-
     Ford Exhibit V is presented as Figure F-l of this Appendix.

     General Motors;  "GM has recently submitted analysis in-use fuel
economy experience to EPA, NHTSA, and DOE in the February 8, 1979 letter
to Mr. B. McNutt (Attachment 11).  It should be recognized that there is
a non-linear relationship between fuel economy (mpg) and consumption
(gal/mi).  Since .the EPA's goal was to same fuel, we believe when quan-
tifying fuel economy improvements they should be measured in terms of
consumption.

     The following formula best expains GM's estimate for the relation-
ship between in-use and EPA test procedure:

          In-Use Consumption (gal/mi) =0.01 + EPA 55/45 (gal/mi)

     This equation is based on the GM postcard consumer surveys, as well
a field fleet data.  From MY 1975 to MY 1978 the fuel economy improve-
ments measured on the EPA test procedure were also seen in actual con-
sumer use.  When the fuel saved over these years is measured in terms of
consumption (gal/mi) there is not a divergence between EPA and actual
in-use measurement; there is a constant .01 gal/mi offset as indicated
by the formula."

     American Motors:  "AM does not possess such data and is unsure how
this in-use question relates to the specific concern of this question-
naire."
     Question 3:  "Prior to the 1975 model year, all EPA fuel economy
measurements were conducted on vehicles selected by EPA." Many of these
vehicles were selected to be the 'worst cast1 offenders from an exhaust
emissions standpoint.  Would these vehicles have tended to be 'worst
case' vehicles from a fuel economy standpoint? Since 1975, EPA has
allowed testing of vehicles selected by the manufacturer in the fuel
economy program.  To what extent has your corporate average fuel economy
been improved since 1975 by the addition of these potentially favorable
test vehicles?"

     Volkswagen:  "Due to limited model line of VW and Audi, there has
been no actual change for us in the vehicles selected for emission and
fuel economy testing."

     Toyota:  "We think that vehicles selected by EPA would also tend to
have been 'worst case' vehicles from a fuel economy standpoint.   We know
that the CAFE has been improved by the additional test vehicles but we
could not afford to supply the additional test vehicles because we had
to perform the fuel economy tests under the limits of time, manpower,
facilities and capital."

     Chrysler:  "'Worst case'  vehicle selection for emissions testing
also tend to be worst case fuel economy vehicle selections.

     Chrysler's 1979 model year fuel economy data has been analyzed to
illustrate the fleet average effect of voluntary fuel economy data
vehicles in the following manner.

-------
                                  -4-
     A fleet average  calculation was performed using only the certifi-
cation data and any additional data necessary to meet the EPA's minimum
requirements.  A second fleet average calculation was performed which
included  the previously identified data and also all voluntary fuel
economy data submissions.  The difference between these calculations
showed an increase of 0.15 mpg on the fleet average attributable to
inclusion of the voluntary fuel economy data submissions.  Without the
representation provided by voluntary data, the fleet average would be
biased downward."

     Ford:  "Of the vehicles selected by EPA for emissions testing, a
certain portion, chosen on the basis of high projected sales, provide
essentially representative fuel economy.  Conversely, the 'worst case1
emission  veicles, including running change certification vehicles, are
worst case for fuel economy also — their fuel economy understates that
expected  from the majority of vehicles of that model type.  At the
manufacturers option, are voluntary FEDV's — they provide the manu-
facturer  with an opportunity to represent some of the more fuel ef-
ficient configurations and thus partially offset the effect of the worst
case emission vehicles.

     Ford's 1978 CAFE was improved by .01 mpg due to testing of voluntary
fuel economy data vehicles.  This relatively small effect reflects the
fact that Ford's CAFE was consistently 0.4 mpg above the 18.0 mpg stand-
ard during the 1978 model year and there was, therefore, no incentive to
incur the incremental costs of additional testing on voluntary FEDV's.
For 1979, Ford estimates that voluntary FEDV's will contribute +0.17 mpg
to its final CAFE which is projected to be 19.0 mpg.  These voluntary
vehicles  are necessary to partially counterbalance the effects of worst
case emissions vehicles.

     The above CAFE effects do not include any contribution due to
required FEDV's since Ford has no option with respect to the submission
of such data.   Detailed estimates of the CAFE effect of voluntary FEDV's
for model years 1975-1977 are not readily available.  These effects are
expected  to be small (less than 0.1 mpg) since there are no CAFE stand-
ards for  these years."

     General Motors:   "GM believes that 'worst case* vehicles from an
exhaust emissions standpoint x
-------
                                  -5-
with the regulation, which means that at least 90 percent of our sales
volume is represented by our fleet average fuel economy, but some low-
volume vehicle options are not represented for practical considerations.1

     Question 4:  "How does EPA's selection process for fuel economy
testing influence a manufacturer's capability to improve corporate
average fuel economy?  How does it influence the potential to make
future improvements in fuel economy?"

     Ford:  "At the present time Ford has no major objection to the EPA
selection criteria for either required or voluntary fuel economy data
vehicles (FEDV's).

     Ford's ability to incorporate running change fuel economy improve-
ments across groups of vehicles (i.e., aerodynamic improvements, im-
proved lubricants) is, however, limited by EPA running change fuel
economy data requirements.  For example, it may not be feasible to
implement a fuel economy improvement running change late in the model
year if this change affects a broad range of car line/engine combin-
ations simply because the required fuel economy data would represent an
excessive test burden at that stage of the model year.  In such case EPA
should allow manufacturers at their option, to substitute existing test
data that understate the expected results.  Further, CAFE improvements
have been mitigated some what by the requirement to harmonically average
a formula DPA value with a subsequently run alternative DPA.  It has
always been Ford's position that once a more representative DPA is
available, all applicable vehicles subsequently produced should be
credited with that new DPA, as opposed to being "averaged*  with a
previous formula DPA."

     American Motors:  "AM must concentrate on high-volume vehicles and
defer development of low-volume high-fuel-efficiency models.  The in-
fluence of future improvements is also basically a .volume consider-
ation."

     Question 5:  "It has been a practice of EPA that if laboratory test
results for a particular vehicle were within 10 percent of the manu-
facturer's data for the same vehicle, EPA would use the EPA data.
Recently, however, EPA has used discretionary administrative actions to
select 'official'  test results upon which corporate average fuel economy
is calculated.   Has this improved or diminished your corporate average
fuel economy?  To what extent?"

     Toyota:  "The present data selection for CAFE has been applied to
Toyota but EPA has tended to select lower test results of either EPA or
our data.  Therefore, we think that our CAFE has been diminished and the
difference between the past and the recent has been about 0.4%."

     Chrysler:   "In exercising its judgment and administrative discre-
tion, the EPA has tended to favor test results that lower Chrysler's
fleet average.   The effects of this discretionary action on Chrysler's
fleet average for the 1978 and 1979 model years has been analyzed and
found to be -0.03 mpg and -0.04 mpg respectively."

-------
                                   -6-
     Ford:  "In a  letter to Mr. Richard E. Harrington, Director, Certifi-
cation Division, MSAPC, EPA, on August 18, 1978, Ford stated that  'For
the  1979 model year  to date, EPA's  'engineering judgment' in this
selection  (of official test results), by our calculations, has cost us
0.07 mpg in corporate average fuel  economy.'"

     General Motors;  "At the beginning of the MY 1979 programs, EPA
adopted a  change in  policy to eliminate high test results.  This change
in EPA philosophy would not logically be expected to increase our CAFE."

     American Motors:  "Beginning in the 1979 model year the EPA person-
nel have used their  discretionary judgment in selecting official test
results in a manner  that tends to be prone to exclusion of high-fuel-
economy data.  The EPA discretionary actions have not had a significant
impact on our fleet  average fuel economy, but we think some objective
criteria are needed."

     Question 6:  "The EPA test is  conducted with Indolene Clear test
fuel having an octane rating of nearly 98 RON.  Typical unleaded fuel
available in the marketplace has an octane rating of 93 RON.  To what
extent is your corporate average fuel economy improved by the use of the
higher octane fuel during fuel economy testing, especially with the
utilization of knock sensors?  What effect does this difference have on
consumer use fuel economy, wherein  retardation of spark timing may be
necessary to avoid objectionable or harmful detonation?  How has the
Octane Requirement Increase (ORI) rating of your engines changed with
the switch to unleaded fuel?"

     Volkswagen:  "Undetermined, however, any effect on CAFE would be
extremely difficult  to quantify.

     VW and Audi do  not employ knock sensors and we have not experienced
Octane Requirement Increase with our engines."

     Toyota:   "All of our engines have been and are designed to use the
required octane rating of 91 or less RON and utilize no knock sensor.
Therefore, it has little effect on our CAFE to use 98 RON fuel.   We
believe that the ORI rating of our engines, with unleaded gasoline, is
almost equal to or a little larger than with leaded gasoline under their
stabilized conditions."

     Chrysler:   "Chrysler1s corporate average fuel economy is not
affected by the use  of 98 RON fuel for emission testing.   Consumer fuel
economy should not be significantly affected by basic spark timing
retardation x^ithin the allowable limit of two crank shaft degrees from
the nominal setting.  It is thought that the Octane Requirement Increase
(ORI) has substantially increased with the switch to unleaded fuel."

     Ford:   "We are not aware of any effect of testing at 98 RON versus
93 RON within our present vehicle powertrains.   If,  however, knock
sensors were used extensively across a manufacturer's product line,
there is little doubt that a higher fuel economy value could be obtained
with the 98 RON fuel versus the commercially available fuels.

-------
                                  -7-
     Since Ford does not presently utilize knock sensors in any of its
vehicles, it is difficult to quantify to what extent our CAFE would be
improved because of their use.  The company presently projects a 0.1 mpg
CAFE improvement with the installation of such devices, however, this
projection is based only on engineering judgment.

     If retardation of the spark timing was necessary to avoid objec-
tionable or harmful detonation, a reduction in fuel economy would occur.
However, this condition only exists in varying degrees on approximately
5% of Ford's vehicles due to our octane policy, in which we have an EPA
approved field fix to retard the spark advance and thereby improve these
customer's satisfaction.  If we were to insist on 100% satisfaction with
91 octane fuel, 95% of our customers would sacrifice fuel economy just
to satisfy the remaining 5%.

     ORI is strongly dependent on the specific engine design,  its cali-
bration and the severity of service,  therefore, any general statement on
the differences in ORI between leaded and unleaded fuel can be correct
only directionally.  With this in mind,  all that one can state is .that
in general the ORI with unleaded fuel is slightly higher than with the
leaded fuel and it stabilizes at somewhat higher mileage (6 to 12 thou-
sand miles).   As far as fuel economy measurement is concerned, ORI
differences between leaded and unleaded gasoline should not be a factor
because most fuel economy is measured at 4000 to 5000 miles."

     General Motors;  ". .  . we do not believe the use of Indolene Clear
test fuel during fuel economy testing on these vehicles had any impact
on our corporate average fuel economy.

     The specific question of the effect of Indolene Clear on  the fuel
economy of vehicles equipped with knock sensors has been addressed in
responses to EPA in both 1978 and 1979 model years.   In both of these
years,  GM produced turbocharged engines  which were equipped with knock
sensors.  Tests were conducted in both model years with Indolene Clear
and with 91 RON unleaded fuel.  The results of these tests were pre-
viously provided to EPA (June 28, 1977,  Attachment 12 and September 20,
1978, Attachment 13),  and are summarized below.

                Tests of Knock Sensor Equipped Vehicles

                                             Fuel Economy, mpg
     Vehicle No.          Fuel           City              Highway

        57116       Indolene Clear      15.73              20.10
                        91  RON          15.86              21.20

        57164       Indolene Clear      16.70              20.30
                        91  RON          16.79              19.70

        94EC196     Indolene Clear      15.2               20.5
                        91  RON          15.6               21.2

-------
                                  -8-
     These data do not indicate that the use of the higher octane
Indolene Clear test fuel during the EPA tests increased the measured
fuel economy values determined for these knock sensor equipped vehicles.

     The impact on consumer in-use fuel economy is thus minimized by
restricting spark retard to only those few vehicles which require this
adjustment.  In addition, data provided to EPA on a running change
request indicate little impact of spark retard on fuel economy, as
evaluated in the EPA tests.  The data provided in our October 27, 1978
request (Attachment 14), are summarized below:

                Effect of Spark Retard on Fuel Economy

                    Basic Spark Timing            Fuel Economy, mpg
     Vehicle No.          °BTDC                 City           Highway

      91WF102-1            18                  26.2            33.8
                           14                  26.4            32.3

      91FF56               12                  18.0            27.1
                            8                  18.6            27.7

      91GF96               10                  17.8            23.8
                            6                  17.3            23.0

     These data indicate that the impact of spark retard on consumer use
fuel economy is minimal, especially in view of the many other factors of
greater influence on fuel economy, such as consumer driving habits,
weather, traffic conditions,  etc.   The implication that the use of
Indolene Clear test fuel has a negative impact on consumer use fuel
economy is not supported by the data available to GM.

     The use of lead compounds in gasolines to improve octane quality
was also recognized to cause vehicle octane requirements to increase
with mileage, as combustion chamber deposits stabilized.  In order to
compare the influence of unleaded versus leaded gasolines on Octane
Requirement Increase (OKI), General Motors participated with 14 other
organizations in a Coordinating Research Council (CRC) program in 1970-
71.  The results of the program were summarized in an SAE publication
('ORI in 1971 Model Cars - With and Without Lead', H. A. Bigley and J.
D. Benson, SAE paper No. 730013,  Attachment 15).   In an effort to further
define the influence of selected engine oil, fuel and driving schedule
variables on combustion chamber deposits and ORI, General Motors con-
ducted a vehicle fleet test of 1971-75 GM vehicles ('Some Factors Which
Affect Octane Requirement Increase', J. D. Benson, SAE paper No. 750933,
Attachment 16).

     In general,  vehicle octane requirements stabilize more rapidly with
leaded fuels.  Unleaded fuels may require 15-20,000 miles of operation
before the vehicle requirements stabilize.  It is not uncommon for
octane requirements to increase at lower mileages and then decrease as
vehicle mileage accumulation continues.  This has been observed for both
leaded and unleaded fuels.

-------
     When  commercial unleaded,  low  lead and leaded fuels were  compared,
 there was  no  significant  fuel effect on ORI.  At least  12,000  miles were
 required with any  fuel before the octane requirements stabilized.

     Although the  factors  influencing vehicle ORI are not as well  de-
 fined as might be  desired,  the  major difference between unleaded and
 leaded ORI appears  to be  the rate of octane requirement increase,  rather
 than the value of  the final, stabilized octane requirement."

     American Motors:  "The use of  98 RON for the actual test  has  no
 relationship  to AM's fleet  average  fuel economy because we design,
 manufacture and recommend  to our customers that our engines should use
 fuel with  at  least  an AKI  (anti-knock index) of 87.  Knock sensors are
 not used on any of  our cars or  light truck engines.

     Initial  and subsequent octane  requirements of engines will vary
 slightly from engine to engine  or vehicle to vehicle.  Each of AM's
 carline and truckline power-train combinations is considered to fall
 within a narrow distribution band with respect to octane requirements.
 Minor adjustments have been possible, within the EPA-accepted  specifi-
 cation ranges, to accommodate fuels of octane ratings either slightly
 higher or  slightly  lower than the ratings available most commonly.  AM
 has taken  care in the design and production of our engines to  avoid
 customer complaints that would  occur if the octane requirements of our
 engines were  increased beyond the capability of commercially available
 fuel.

     The question concerning Octane Requirement Increase (ORI) rating of
 our engines before and after the change to unleaded fuels is outside the
 scope of this  questionnaire.  However, we have not found the switch from
 leaded to  unleaded  fuels to significantly affect the numerical ORI level
 for our engines."

     Question  7:  "Certification tests are performed primarily on vehicles
 with a nominal accumulated distance of 4,000 miles.  What was  the  actual
 average accumulated distance of the vehicles used in the 1975  test
 program, in your 1979 test program?  Would you favor some other distance
 for certification testing?"

     Volkswagen:  "No difference."

     Toyota:   "The actual average accumulated distances of our vehicles
 used in the 1975 and 1979 test programs were A,000 + 250 miles.  It
 seems that, for more stabilized fuel economy,  the vehicles should run
 more distance, but it would be accompanied by problems of manpower, time
 schedule,  facilities, and cost.   Therefore,  Toyota would not favor
 changing the distance of 4,000 miles."

     Chrysler:  "It is not possible for us to analyze the considerable
 amount of  test data necessary to answer this question in the limited
 time alloted.

     A reduction of the distance traveled to 2,000 miles or even 1,000
miles for certification testing would be preferred from the standpoint

-------
                                 -10-
of efficiency of resource utilization.  However, it should be recognized
that fuel economy improves with mileage (because of reduced chassis
friction) and that it would be appropriate to make some allowance in our
CAFE for this phenomenon."

     Ford:  "Both as a result of requirements to retest our vehicles and
to provide running changes for improved fuel economy, Ford's 1975 pas-
senger car certification vehicles had an average accumulated test -mileage
of 4,300 miles.  For 1979, this average increased to 4,800 miles, re-
flecting the magnitude of changes the company was required to run to
meet the 1979 CAFE standard.  We know of no reason to change the distance
for certification testing."

     General Motors:  "Actual odometer readings for specific tests used
in GM's MY 1975 and MY 1979 test programs are not readily retrieved from
our records.  For the MY 1975 test program the large majority of data
was derived from certification and running change vehicles.  Conse-
quently, the average accumulated distance would occur in the range of
3750 to 4250 miles (calculated from the tolerance allowed by the reg-
ulations around the nominal 4000 mile test point).  For the MY 1979 fuel
economy program, approximate odometer readings are available.   As can be
seen from the attached histogram, Figure F7, the average accumulated
distance will occur in or near the 3750-4250 mile range.

     At the present time, there is no demonstrated need to change the
distance for certification testing."

     GM Figure F7 is presented as Figure F-2 of this Appendix.

     American Motors:  "The approximate range of AM's 1975 certification
data vehicles (both cars and light-duty trucks) was 4160+150 miles.   One
light-duty truck fell outside this range with 4,455 miles.

     The approximate range of AM's 1979 certification data vehicles
(both cars and light-duty trucks) was 4020+175 miles.   Seven cars fell
outside this range with 4,541 miles being the highest.

     AM believes that 3,800-4,800 miles is a practical range and does
not recommend changing the current option which permits up to 10,000
miles for fuel economy testing even though we do not take advantage of
this option."

     Question 8:  "Front-wheel drive is becoming an increasingly popular
engineering option for producing space-efficient vehicles.  Front-wheel
drive vehicles typically have a higher percentage of their curb-weight
on the driving wheels than do their rear-wheel drive counterparts.   What
effect does this have on the simulated road load curve and hence fuel
economy?  To what extent are alternate dynamometer power absorptions
requested for your front-wheel drive vehicles?  To what extent  does  this
affect their measured fuel economy and benefit your corporate average
fuel economy.  How is the air conditioning affected by these alternate
dynamometer adjustments and how does this affect your corporate average
fuel economy?"

-------
                                 -11-
     Volkswagen:  "a) None.

                   b) All  of  our  front wheel drive vehicles have alter
                      nate dyno power absorption values.

                   c) Not  quantified, but judged to have a positive
                      effect.

                   d) Undetermined."

     Toyota:  "Since front-wheel  drive vehicles generally have a higher
percentage of their curb weight on the driving wheels than do their
rear-wheel drive counterparts, the rolling resistances on the chassis
dynamometer are increased  and the dynamometer power absorption (DPA) for
the F-F vehicle is smaller than that for the F-R vehicle in order to
simulate the same driving  resistance as on the road.  The DPA is ad-
justed at 50 mph and regardless of the DPA, but the road load is approx-
imately the same under the low speeds unrelated to DPA value because of
the characteristics of the Clayton Chassis Dynamometer.  Therefore, the
front-wheel drive vehicles are at a disadvantage.  We use the DPA simu-
lated by coastdown method  for front-wheel drive vehicles because they
have, as mentioned above,  lower DPA's than rear-wheel drive vehicles.
We estimate that our CAFE  may increase up to one percent.  We could not
understand your last question in .this paragraph about air conditioner
and we do not know of the  effect on fuel economy."

     Chrysler:  "Chrysler  is also concerned with the change in the
dynamometer's 'road load'  curve characteristics that may result from the
increased load on the drive axle of front-wheel drive vehicles.  However,
in contrast to the suggested fuel economy 'benefit' relative to rear
wheel drive, we feel that  if there is a difference (after both are
adjusted to the correct DPA settings) the effect will be detrimental
with respect to the front  wheel drive system.

     We have found that the 'coast-down' alternate road load procedures
produce DPA settings that  are significantly lower than the EPA frontal
area formula values for all Chrysler front-wheel drive vehicles.   Con-
sequently, any advisory circular that would inhibit the establishment of
alternate DPA's would have an increasingly larger detrimental effect on
Chrysler's CAFE as our percentage of front-wheel drive vehicle increases.

The basic question of air  conditioning load is answered in the 'Acces-
sory' portion of this response."

     Ford:  "The greater fraction of vehicle weight on the driving
wheels of a front-wheel drive (FWD) car causes it to be penalized on the
EPA dynamometer test.  In  the example given below,  a FWD vehicle of
identical weight to a RWD  vehicle experiences 3.5% less measured fuel
economy if the frontal area formula is used to set the dynamometer power
absorber unit (PAU) and 1%  less measured fuel economy if the coastdown
technique is used to set each PAU.  That is, the reduced PAU of the FWD
vehicle using coastdown does not completely offset the increase in its
dynamometer rolling resistance.   Both types of vehicles would have
identical road fuel economy.

-------
                                 -12-
     It is obvious  from the above considerations that alternative set-
tings are of crucial importance in partially offsetting the inherent
testing disadvantage of a FWD vehicle.  Alternative dynamometer settings
determined by the coastdown technique are being used for Fiesta and will
be used for the 1981 Pinto replacement.

     The effect of  ... adverse testing characteristics on FWD vehicles
on Ford's corporate average fuel economy cannot be exactly quantified
because there is still a net benefit associated with the package ef-
ficiency.  That is, a FWD vehicle can be made to weigh less than a RWD
vehicle of equivalent interior volume and in spite of its testing handi-
caps, the effects on CAFE will be beneficial."

     General Motors:  "Front-wheel drive (FWD) vehicles when tested on
the present twin roll dynamometer tend to be loaded higher than on the
road throughout the speed range.  GM currently uses alternate horsepower
settings for all FWD vehicles since the frontal area equation misrep-
resents the actual road load.   The fuel economy benefits of an alternate
horsepower setting for our '80X FWD car were included in our March 20,
1979 letter, to Mr. Finkelstein (Attachment 17).

     Please refer to GM's Responses C3 and C4 in Section C, Accessories,
for a discussion of the air conditioning loads."

     Section C corresponds to our Appendix C.

     American Motors:  "Current AM vehicles are either rear-wheel-drive
or four-wheel-drive.  We do not have the information necessary to answer
these questions."

     Question 9:  "The oil industry has recently developed new engine
lubricants incorporating lower viscosity and/or additives with reduced
friction.   What would be the effect on your average fuel economy if
these oils were approved.for use?  To what extent have they penetrated
the replacement oil market?  To what extent x\rould the fuel economy of
in-use vehicles be improved by the use of these oils?"

     Toyota:   "We estimate that our CAFE could be increased about 1.5
percent by the use of slippery oils and. we think in-use vehicles would
experience a similar result.   We do not know to what extent these oils
have penetrated the replacement oil market."

     Chrysler;   "On the basis  of data available to Chrysler, we are led
to conclude at this time that  no clear cut advantage will be obtainable
through the use of low friction 'slippery oils'  in production vehicles.
Our views on this issue were reported in a March 21, 1979 letter from S.
L. Terry to Joan Claybrook [NHTSA]  and a November 8, 1979 letter from S.
L. Terry to R.  L.  Strombotne [NHTSA]."

-------
                                 -13-
     Ford;  "As Ford  stated  in its response  to NHTSA's questionnaires on
 1984-86 Passenger Car Fuel Economy Standards  (August, 1978) and  1982-84
 Light Truck Fuel Economy Standards (September 20,  1978), a test  program
 comparing Ford's current factory-fill oil and several other oils with
 friction reducing additives  indicated that an estimated 0.5% improvement
 in EPA metro-highway  fuel economy is possible with the best of these
 improved lubricants that Ford has tested to  date.  The results of this
 program were reported in SAE Paper 780962, 'The Effects of Engine Oil
 Additives on Vehicle  Fuel Economy, Emissions, Emission Control Components
 and Engine Wear.'  November, 1978.

     Ford has no information as to the extent to which these improved
 oils have penetrated  the replacement market, nor the fuel economy benefit
 of actual in-use of these oils."

     General Motors:  "Improvements of about 1-3% in EPA fuel economy
 have been observed in a limited number of tests using commercial 'fuel-
 saving' oils.  As indicated  by our comments in the February 14,  1979
 letter to Mr. Finkelstein (Attachment 2, ref. pg. 8 of attachment 1) GM
 still hopes to recommend use of friction modified oils which we  project
 a fuel economy improvement of about 1%.

     To our knowledge, there are 19 engine oils reported to improve fuel
 economy that are on the'market in the U.S. and Canada.

     It has been our  experience that the on-road fuel economy improvements
 with 'fuel-saving'  engine oils are equal to or greater than those measured
 on the EPA test."

     American Motors;  "AM believes the fleet average fuel economy
 (FAFE) benefit (car and light truck)  realized -through the use of new,
 'improved'  oils and rear axle lubricants would be low (0.1 to 0.2 mpg).
 This FAFE improvement is over our current factory-fill 10W30 engine oil
 and rear axle lube, which we believe is on a par with some of the so-
 called new improved products being advertised.

     We do not track  the replacement-oil market.   We cannot predict the
 in-use improvement likely to be gained.  '

     Question 10:   "What effect has the EPA changes in dynamometer
 calibration (electronic feedback dynamometer control system and changes
made to support automatic control features)  had on your corporate
 average fuel economy?"

     Chrysler:   "All  tests which have been run comparing automatic and
manual horsepower control have shown no significant difference in emis-
 sion levels or fuel economy as a result of changes in dynamometer cali-
bration."

-------
                                  -14-
     Ford:  In summary, "... test analyses show that the estimated
impact of the PAU exponent and the EPA Vehicle Factor Potentiometer
changes on Ford's 1980 CAFE is a loss 0.1 mpg."

     General Motors:  "Directionally, the automatic feedback requirement
on the dynamometer is expected to provide a loss in fuel economy as
compared to the manual operation.  This conclusion is based on a simu-
lation (SAE paper No. 780287 Computer Simulation of Emissions and Fuel
Economy, Attachment  18)."

     American Motors:  "We believe the effect of the automatic feedback
dynamometer method over the previous manual operation method is a low
0.0 to 0.3 mpg fuel  economy penalty (see Appendix A).  We have not made
a comparison study of the two methods to quantify our judgement."

     American Motors Appendix A is included as Attachment E-l.

     Question 11;  "What effect has the change in average humidity level
from 55 grains to 75 grains at the EPA test facility had on your cor-
porate average fuel economy?"

     Volkswagen:  "Undetermined,  but we expect a decrease in measured
fuel economy."
     Chrysler;  "Our calculations show that the change in average humid-
ity level from 55 grains to 75 grains has decreased our CAFE by 0.7
percent.  (This was calculated on the basis of information in SAE paper
780287.)"

     Ford:  "In an EPA test report entitled 'An Evaluation of the Fuel
Economy Performance of Thirty-One 1977 Production Vehicles Relative to
their Certification Vehicle Counterparts,'  dated January, 1978, prepared
by F.  Peter Hutchins and James Kranig, the conclusion was reached that
the 20 grain increase in humidity at EPA caused a .'downward shift in
fuel economy results of about one (1) to two (2) percent.'

     In a subsequent Ford experiment conducted in July, 1978, using an
environmentally controlled emission test cell, Ford found that the
average metro-highway fuel economy effect was approximately a 1.1%
decrease in fuel economy for a 20 grain increase in humidity (using
Ford's 1978 model year sales mix).  Considerable scatter in this data
was observed, but all cars experienced a fuel economy loss of from 0.9
to 1.5%.

     However, since only about 50% of Ford fuel economy results for 1979
are tests conducted at the EPA laboratory and the balance are conducted
at Ford's laboratory where the humidity is maintained at approximately
55 grains HO per Ib of dry air the actual effect on Ford's CAFE is a
decrease in the range of 0.5 to 1.0%.  The impact of this humidity
change on 1979 (19 mpg) CAFE is 0.75% or 0.14 mpg CAFE decrease."

-------
                                 -15-
     General Motors;  "GM does not have data to specifically quantify
the effect on our  corporate average fuel economy of  the change in average
humidity level from 48 grains per pound to 74 grains per pound at the
EPA test facility."

     American Motors:  See Attachment E-l.

     Question 12:  "What effect has the change from  the use of the
nominal vehicle distance traveled per test to the use of the actual
measured vehicle distance traveled had on your corporate average fuel
economy?  What effect would this have on your future ability to improve
your corporate average fuel economy as you shift to vehicles of lower
power-to-weight ratios which cannot actually travel  the nominal distance?"

     Toyota:  "When the fuel economies of our 1980 MY vehicles were
determined by the  use of actual measured vehicle distance traveled, it
was evident that their values, as tabulated below, shox^ed about 0.2 to
0.6% decrease.

                                                Combined Fuel
               Engine Displacement              Economy Loss

                   1.5 liters                    About 0.6%
                   1.8 liters                    About 0.3%
                   2.2 liters                    About 0.2%
                   2.6 liters                    About 0.2%

Therefore,  our CAFE resulted in about 0.25% decrease.  In the case where
a vehicle has too  low a power-to-weight ratio to trace the FTP mode, the
CAFE may decrease more."

     Chrysler:  "Our Proving Ground test data show that fuel economy was
0.91% lower on the urban cycle than would have been the case if nominal
distances were used.  This is based on a February 1978 survey of the
measured distance  results on 102 official certification tests run at the
Chrysler Proving Grounds.

     The same data showed successively lower measured distances as
engine size decreased.  When distances for twenty-five front-wheel drive
vehicles were compared to the nominal of 7.5 miles,  a fuel economy
penalty of 1.26% was indicated."

     Ford:   "Ford's response to EPA's interim final rulemaking on 'Fuel
Economy Testing;  Calculation and Exhaust Emissions Test Procedures for
1977-1979 Model Year Automobiles'  dated December 9,  1976,  included a
discussion of this distance travel change.   Data were presented in this
response which showed that this change would cause a negative 0.3%
effect on metro-highway fuel economy.   A subsequent study performed
using data from Ford's 1978 and 1979 4000-mile certification vehicles
showed that the fuel economy results in the Ford laboratory averaged
0.6% lower due to the use of actual versus  theoretical driving distance.

-------
                                 -16-
     Ford continues to believe that there is a systematic difference
between fuel economy measured using actual dynamometer distance versus
nominal distance, and the CAFE penalty will increase in future model
years as a result of an increased mix of low power-to-weight vehicles
that are most affected by this procedure change since they are more
likely to be unable to accelerate at rates high enough to follow the
time-speed driving trace.  These vehicles, therefore, may travel less
than the theoretical cycle distance, resulting in a lower calculated
fuel economy when calculated on the basis of actual distance.

     A 0.6% impact on a 19 mpg CAFE figure amounts to a fuel economy
detriment of almost 0.12 mpg.  This CAFE-lowering effect will become
greater in future model years as a result of our plans to continue
decreasing average power-to-weight ratio of Ford's vehicles."

     General Motors:  "Data from the eleven car GM MY 1975-1980 test
procedure study, Attachment 1, were analyzed to note the actual distance
traveled versus the nominal-MY 1975 distance.   The results of this
eleven car study indicated that the actual distance contributes a 0.08
mpg loss on the city fuel economy test, no effect on highway fuel econ-
omy and a 0.05 mpg loss in the combined (55/45) fuel economy.  This same
analysis indicated that the difference due to actual versus nominal
distance is not a function of the vehicle power-to-weight ratio."

     American Motors;  "An analysis of seven 1980 model year data sets
using the nominal versus the actual distance traveled showed a .083 mpg
(combined) penalty.  We believe the fleet average fuel economy penalty
to be about 0.1 mpg and that it may progressively increase as lower-
power-to-weight vehicles struggle to keep up with the acceleration rates
on the Federal Test Procedure."

     Question 13:  "What will be the effect of a requirement to couple
the front and rear rolls of two-roll dynamometers on measured fuel
economy and on your corporate average fuel economy?"

     Toyota:   "We cannot reply to this question because we have not
investigated this effect."

     Chrysler:   "Coupling the front and rear rolls would increase the
frictional horsepower absorbed by the dynamometer.  An anticipated
reduction in slippage between tires and rolls  Would logically be ex-
pected to increase the horsepower load on the  vehicle and this would
penalize the measured fuel economy."

     Ford:  ".  . .we did conduct a test program to simulate the coup-
ling of two rolls.  This program consisted of  running a 4000 Ib I.W. and
vehicle alternating the speed input to the driver's aid from the front
to the rear roll.  The speed trace off the rear roll duplicated normal
test conditions and the speed trace off the front roll simulated the
rolls being coupled together.  Listed below are the test results from
that program:

-------
                                 -17-
                          1978 CVS C/H Tests
                                                               Fuel
                                  	Grams/Mile	       Econ.
                                   HC       CO      NOx         MPG
     Mean Values—Front Roll      1.82     8.95    2.88        12.99
     Mean Values—Rear Roll       1.70     5.55    2.12        14.09

     % Increase (Decrease)        7.06%   61.26%  35.85%       (7.81)%

     Analysis of Variance          NSD      SD      SD           SD
     (95% Confidence Limit).

                           1978 HWFET Tests
                                                            Fuel
                                	Grams/Mile	       Econ.
                                 HC       CO      NOx        MPG
     Mean Values—Front Roll     .72     1.28    2.94       17.44
     Mean Values—Rear Roll      .64      .61    2.32       18.54

     % Increase (Decrease)     .12.50%  109.84%  26.72%      (5.93)%

     Analysis of Variance        SD       SD      SD          SD
     (95% Confidence Limit)
     „ ,          Front Roll - Rear Roll  ....
     % Increase = 	—	_ --..	 xlOO
                       Rear Roll

     NSD - No significant difference;   SD - Significant difference

Based on the limited data available to Ford, this  change in dynamometer
test configuration from that used in 1975 would significantly  .  .  .  re-
duce fuel economy ..."

     General Motors;  "GM believes that a requirement to couple  the
front and rear rolls of two-roll dynamometers  is likely to introduce a
loss in measured economy."

     American Motors;   "We judge that  a slight loss  in measured  fuel
economy and fleet average fuel economy will occur  due to the slippage
and other operational factors.  This change will probably have the
"double fuel economy penalty' in that  it not only  directly penalizes
economy but will probably increase emissions causing and additional  fuel
economy loss to be incurred to offset  the emissions  increase."

-------
                                 -18-


     Question  14:  "Do you know of any procedural changes other than
those  listed in previous questions which have already affected your
corporate average fuel economy, or have increased or diminished your
potential to make future improvements?"

     Volkswagen;  "No."

     Toyota:   "We do not think there are other procedural changes which
have already affected our CAFE or have increased or diminished our
potential to make future improvements."

     Chrysler:  "We are not aware of any additional changes that may
have affected  our corporate average fuel economy.  It should be noted
the process of instituting changes in procedures could have adverse-
effects on fuel economy if adequate lead time is not provided so that
the revisions  can be accomodated in our product development plans
without unnecessary disruptions."

     Ford;  "In addition to the previously mentioned procedural changes
which have reduced our tested fuel economy, Advisory Circular 24-2 has
had a definite adverse effect on Ford's 1979 CAFE.  This CAFE loss was
the result of having to recalibrate those vehicles equipped with Ford's
electronic engine control systems which have been designed to provide a
lean cruise control (LCC) option.   The metro-highway fuel economy bene-
fit of this system was approximately 4%.  In order to comply with ....
new emission standards, Ford was compelled to recalibrate its original
system.  This recalibration reduced the fuel economy benefit of the LCC
system from 4% to 1%.   The following table presents the estimated CAFE
effect due to this procedure change.

                CAFE Impact of LCC System Recalibration

          M-H F.E.          Projected Volume      1979 CAFE

          -0.6 mpg               69974            -0.02 mpg
     Therefore, the overall impact of this ruling goes far beyond the
1979 model year and, in fact, impacts Ford's ability to comply with the
1985 CAFE standards.

     General Motors;  "EPA often does not give sufficient lead time to
the manufacturers when making changes in the policy and guidelines which
affect the testing process.

     The highway NOx requirements, in EPA' Advisory Circular No. 24-2,
may inhibit fuel economy optimization at highway speeds."

     American Motors;  "Yes, please refer to Appendix A (Attachment E-l)
for a complete listing of these other changes."

-------
                                 -19-
 Ford Motor Corporation
                   FIGURE F-l.  Ford Final CAFE vs Average

                     Ford Fuel Economy in PH & H Fleet
                                       Fleet :
                                  (F'ord Only}'
                                    -FT-FfWF!
10   _
             1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
                            Model Year

-------
General Motors

Figure F-7
     rue


     120


     no


     100


     90


     80
  12
  IS  ?0
  v-
     60
 a;
 1-4


     50




     40




     20




     20




     10 h
                                           1979 MODEL  YEAR
                                           GM TESV
       G 17   22    27   32    37


FIGURE F-2 ;    GM Histogram  Showing



 Vehicle Tests vs Odometer Miles
                                                  i
                                                  IS3
                                                  o

-------
                              Appendix G

                  LIGHT-DUTY TRUCK ROAD LOAD COMMENTS

I.   Introductory Statement

     "In establishing the light-duty truck fuel economy standards for
model years 1979 through 1981, the NHTSA allowed an 8 percent fuel
economy penalty for procedural change in establishing road load horse-
power for light-duty trucks which was effective in model year 1979."

II.  Comments

     Question 1:  "Was the adjustment appropriate?  If not, what should
it be?  What data are available to support your position?"

     Toyota:  "When it was used for the 1979 MY vehicles, it caused
about a 7 percent reduction in our CAFE.  Therefore, we believe that
this adjustment of 8 percent fuel economy penalty was appropriate."

     Chrysler;  "While we generally believe the 8% allowance may be
somewhat on the low side, it appears to be a reasonable allowance."

     Ford:  "No, an 8% adjustment was not adequate; based on Ford data
the adjustment should have been 10% for test procedure changes alone...
A detailed response to this question was provided in Ford's January 10,
1977 response to NHTSA on the NPRM on Average Fuel Economy Standards for
the 1979 model year non-passenger automobiles."

     General Motors;  "As stated in GM's October 13, 1978 response to
NHTSA's Light Truck Questionnaire (Attachment" 5), GM agrees with NHTSA's
adjustment to the MY 1979 standards for dynamometer HP test procedure
changes.  However, GM had submitted data that demonstrated the more
stringent exhaust emission standards in MY 1979 and beyond result in a
5.1% fuel economy penalty.   This penalty was not factored into the final
MY 1979 and beyond light truck fuel economy standards."

     American Motors:  "AM considers the 8 percent adjustment to be a
conservative adjustment, but we are disappointed that the NHTSA failed
to consider the fuel economy penalty due to the increased stringency of
the 1979 emission standards including the effect of increased NOx emissions
from higher engine loading due to the revised test procedure.  We believe
an additional 5 to 8 percent penalty was overlooked by the NHTSA and
should be reconsidered at this time."

     Question 2;  "When computing the above adjustment, alternate dyna-
mometer power absorption requests were not considered.  Should such
alternate dynamometer power absorptions be allowed?"

     Volkswagen:  "Yes."

-------
                                  -2-
     Toyota:  ". .  .we have no need to consider it at this time."

     Chrysler: "It  is important that alternate dynamometer power absorp-
tion setting determinations be allowed in order to encourage light-duty
truck manufacturers to incorporate fuel economy improvement features for
which they might otherwise receive no credit when restricted to formulas
for determining DPA."

     Ford:  "Alternate dynamometer power absorptions provide a positive
motivation for manufacturers to aerodynamically improve their vehicles."

     General Motors:  "The vehicles GM used to establish the MY 1979
light truck test procedure penalty in our previous submissions were MY
1976 and 1977 0-6000 Ib GVWR two-wheel drive vehicles.  EPA used a
regression analysis of the actual coast data from these vehicles to
establish the frontal area formula; therefore, it did not make any
difference on these vehicles if the alternate (coastdown) procedure was
used.  GM does not currently have a complete analysis of the effects of
test procedure . . . for the 0-8500 Ib fleet."

     American Motors;  "Yes, because the alternate dynamometer power
absorption method provides incentive for manufacturers to make aero-
dynamic improvements."

     Question 3:  "To what extent do you anticipate using alternate
dynamometer power absorptions?"

     Volkswagen:  "On all models where a clear benefit is realized over
the standard procedure."

     Toyota;  "We do not anticipate using alternate DPA."

     Chrysler:   "As Chrysler continues to improve vehicle aerodynamics
and to investigate changes in tire construction and tread compounds, we
would anticipate using alternate DPA settings for all vehicles."

     Ford:  "Ford will continue to use alternate DPA's wherever neces-
sary to reflect improved aerodynamic characteristics.  We expect most
light trucks will use alternate DPA's in the future."

     General Motors:  "In MY 1980 GM intends to use the alternate
(coastdown) dynamometer almost exclusively for our light-duty vehicles."

     American Motors:  "In the 1980 and 1981 model years we anticipate
that one truckline out of six will use an alternate dynamometer power
absorption value to reflect trucks equipped with radial tires."

     Question 4:  "Should the 8 percent correction factor be reduced to
account for any reduction in the actual anticipated test dynamometer
power absorptions?"

     Volkswagen:  "No data available."

-------
                                  -3-
     Toyota:  "He consider 8% to be a reasonable number."

     Chrysler:  "We do not believe that the 8 percent correction factor
should be reduced.  As stated above, any reduction in future EPA settings
will be the results of product improvements for which manufacturers
should receive full credit."

     Ford:  "No.  Ford indicated in its response to the NPRM on 1979
Light Truck Fuel Economy Standards, that the proper correction factor
should be 10% for procedural changes implemented in 1979."

     General Motors;  "GM believes that the 8% adjustment to the orig-
inally proposed standards should not be changed because the light truck
fuel economy standards were based on projected fuel economy improvements
which can only be measured using the alternate dynamometer horsepower
setting procedure."

     American Motors:  "No, see the response to question 1 in this
section."

-------
APPENDICES

-------
Test Vehicle ID   25001
Manufacturer   Oldsmobile
      Table A-l




 Vehicle  Descriptions




	 Tires




       Manufacturer   Firestone
Make/Model   Cutlass 1980
Body/Style   4 dr. Sedan




V.I.N..   3MG69RAM12836
Mileage (mi)   9937
Engine   260 CID V8
Carburetor   2 bbl
Ignition   Electronic




Transmission   Auto
Air Conditioning   Yes
Curb Weight (Ib)   3959
Drive Axle Weight (Ib)   1677
        Model/Type   721 SBR
        Size/Ratio    P195/75  R14




        Belt Fabric   2  Poly/2  Steel




        Wall Fabric   2  Poly	
        Veh.  Mfg.  Recommend,  F/R 26/26  psi




        Tire  Pressure  Adjusted  to,  F/R  26/26  psi

-------
Test Vehicle ID   25002




Manufacturer   Ford
      Table A-2




Vehicle Descriptions




       Tires
Make/Model   Pinto 1980
Body/Style   2 dr. Hatchback




V.I.N.   OT11A106438
Mileage (mi)   12510




Engine   2.3L 4	
Carburetor   2 bbl
Ignition   Electronic	




Transmission   Auto 3 Speed




Air Conditioning   Yes	
Curb Weight (Ib)   3039
Drive Axle Weight (Ib)   1339
       Manufacturer   Firestone
       Model/Type   721 SBR
       Size/Ratio   BR 78-13
       Belt Fabric   1 Poly/2 Steel




       Wall Fabric   2 Poly	
       Veh. Mfg. Recommend, F/R 24/24 psi




       Tire Pressure Adjusted to, F/R 24/24 psi

-------
Test Vehicle ID   25003




Manufacturer   Ford
                      Table A-3




                Vehicle Descriptions




               	  Tires




                       Manufacturer   Firestone
Make/Model   Custom F-100 1981    Model/Type   721 SBR
Body/Style   Pickup
V.I.N. 1FTCF10E513 UA/12153
Mileage (mi)   12535
Engine   4.9L 16
Carburetor   1 bbl




Ignition
Electronic
Transmission   Auto 3 Speed




Air Conditioning   Yes	
Curb Weight (Ib)   3652
Drive Axle Weight (Ib)   147.8
                       Size/Ratio   P215/75R15
                       Belt Fabric   2 Poly/2 Steel




                       Wall Fabric   2 Poly	
                       Veh. Mfg. Recommend, F/R 35/35 psi




                       Tire Pressure Adjusted to, F/R 35/35 psi

-------
Test Vehicle ID   25004




Manufacturer   Chevrolet
      Table A-4




 Vehicle  Descriptions




	  Tires




        Manufacturer
Make/Model   Citation 1980




Body/Style   3 dr.	




V.I.N.   1X087AW124660
Mileage (mi)   20100
Engine   173 CID V6
Carburetor   2 bbl
Ignition   Electronic




Transmission  -Auto
Air Conditioning   Yes




Curb Weight (Ib)   3108
Drive Axle Weight (Ib)   1993
Goodyear
        Model/Type   Arriva SBR




        Size/Ratio   P185/80 R13
        Belt Fabric 1 Poly/2 Steel




        Wall Fabric   1 Poly	
        Veh. Mfg. Recommend, F/R 26/26 psi




        Tire Pressure Adjusted to, F/R 26/26 psi

-------
Test Vehicle ID   25005




Manufacturer   Ford
      Table A-5




 Vehicle  Descriptions




	 Tires




       Manufacturer
Make/Model   Escort L 1981
Body/Style   3 dr. Hatchback




V.I.N.   1FABP0527BW112377
Mileage (mi)   21445




Engine    98 CID 14
Carburetor   2 bbl




Ignition   Electronic
Transmission   Man 4 Speed




Air Conditioning   Yes	
Curb Weight (Ib)   2424
Drive Axle Weight (Ib)   1453
Goodyear
       Model/Type   Arriva SBR	




        Size/Ratio   P165/80 R13




       Belt  Fabric    1 Poly/2 Steel




       Wall  Fabric    2 Poly	
        Veh.  Mfg.  Recommend, F/R 35/35 psi




        Tire  Pressure Adjusted  to, F/R 35/35 psi

-------
Test Vehicle ID   25006
Manufacturer   Plymouth




Make/Model   Horizon 1981
      Table A-6




 Vehicle  Descriptions




	 Tires




       Manufacturer   Firestone
Body/Style   4 dr. Sedan




V.I.N.   1P3BL28A1BD117347
Mileage (mi)   18,739




Engine   1.7L 14	
Carburetor   2 bbl
Ignition   Electronic	




Transmission   Auto 3 Speed




Air Conditioning   Yes	
Curb Weight (Ib)   2690
Drive Axle Weight (Ib)   1703
        Model/Type    721 SBR
        Size/Ratio   P165/75 R13
        Belt  Fabric   Poly/Fiberglass




        Wall  Fabric   Poly	
        Veh.  Mfg.  Recommend, F/R 35/35 psi




        Tire  Pressure Adjusted to, F/R 35/35 psi

-------
Test Vehicle ID   25007




Manufacturer   AMC
      Table  A-7




Vehicle Descriptions




       Tires
Make/Model   Concord 1981
Body/Style   4 dr. Sedan




V.I.N.   1AMCA0557CR106107
Mileage (mi)   11,610




Engine   4.2L 16	
Carburetor   2 bbl
Ignition   Electronic	




Transmission   Auto 3-Speed




Air Conditioning   Yes	
Curb Weight (Ib)   3503
Drive Axle Weight (Ib)   1480
       Manufacturer   Goodyear
       Model/Type   Arriva SBR




       Size/Ratio   P195/75R14




       Belt Fabric   Poly/Steel




       Wall Fabric   Poly	
       Veh. Mfg. Recommend, F/R 28/28 psi




       Tire Pressure Adjusted to,  F/R 28/28 psi

-------
  Test Vehicle ID   25008




  Manufacturer   Honda
      Table A-8




 Vehicle  Descriptions




	 Tires




	 Manufacturer   Dunlop
  Make/Model   Civic  1982
.  Body/Style   3 dr. Hatchback




  V.I.N.   JHMSL5325CS002019
  Mileage (mi)   14,709
  Engine    1.3L 4
  Carburetor    1  bbl




  Ignition   Electronic
  Transmission   Man  5  Speed




  Air  Conditioning    Yes	
  Curb Weight  (Ib)   2241
  Drive  Axle Weight (Ib)    1334
       Model/Type    SP4N




       Size/Ratio    155 SR13
        Belt  Fabric




        Wall  Fabric
Steel
Poly
        Veh.  Mfg.  Recommend, F/R 32/32 psi




        Tire  Pressure Adjusted to, F/R 32/32 psi

-------
                     Table B-l




 Coastdown and Track Fuel Economy Instrumentation




Fifth Wheel - Labeco "Trac Test" 1877




Distance Readout - Labeco 5231




Data Logger - TI Silent 700, Model 765




Magnetic Tape Interface - Techtran 817-A




Chart Recorder - HP Recorder




Power Inverter - Nova Electric 2560-12




Flow Transducer and Display - Fluidyne Model 1240T




Temperature Recorder - Omega 5137-5M




Thermocouple Amplifier - Omega Omni - Amp 1




Thermocouple Reference Junction - Omega MCJ-J




Single Scanner - Omega Dataplex 10

-------
     L£GEND
RED : FTP- HFET TRACK.
BLUE.- CURVED COA3TPOH/M
&LU£. J\KKOW: ORIENTATION O/=
                                                                                                                                 n>
                                                                                                                                 I
                                                                                                                                 KJ
                                                                                                    TEXAS AftU UNIVERSITY SYMCU
                                                                                                       RESEARCH ANNEX

-------
                             Table  B-3




                       Fuel  Specifications
Federal
Specifications
API Gravity None
Octane, min RON
Sensitivity, min.
Lead, g/gal
Phosphorous, g/gal max.
Sulfur, wt % max.
Reid Vapor Pressure, Ib/in^
Distillation, °F
IBP
10% pt
50% pt
90% pt
EP
Hydrocarbon Composition
Olefins, % max.
Aromatics , % max.
Saturates
93
7.5
0.00-0.05
0.005
0.10
8.7-9.2

75-95
120-135
200-230
300-325
415

10
35
Indolene[l]
57.5
97.1
8.6
0.004
0.0003
0.011
8.8

86
124
219
310
401

3.3
33
63.7
Howell[l]
58.0
94.1
7.8
0.003
Nil
—
9.2

86
126
221
316
369

Nil
30.2
69.8
[1]   Measured fuel  specifications.

-------
                Table  B-4

Dynamometer Fuel Economy Instrumentation

 Dynamometer - Clayton CTE-50 (Arrangement B)

 Roll Coupler - Clayton Mfg.

 Chart Recorder - Horiba Video Monitor

 Cooling Fan - Hartzel 22-24N24

 Volumetric Sampler - Horiba CVS-20A CFV 350 CFM

 Analytical System - Horiba FIA-21 HC
                     Horiba CLA-22 NOx
                     Horiba AIA-23 C02
                     Horiba AIA-23 (A-S) CO

 Analytical Gases - Scott Environmental, 2% Accuracy

 Timing System - HP, 0.1 msec. Accuracy

 Test Fuel - EEE Clear Howell Hydrcarbons
           - Amoco Indolene

-------
                                      Table C-l
     Track Results
      Cutlass Fuel Economy Data

     Coupled Roll
Dynamometer Results (mpg)[l]
    Uncoupled Roll
Dynamometer Results (mpg)[l]
(mpg)[2]
FTP
13.85
13.73
13.45
x 13.68
s 0.21
s/x"(%) 1.5
HFET
19.47
19.32
18.78
x 19.19
s 0.36
Volumetric[2]
FTP
14.03
14.03
13.89
13.98
0.08
0.6
HFET
20.30
20.29
20.09
20.23
0.12
Carbon Balance
FTP
14.56
14.62
14.50
14.56
0.06
0.4
HFET
20.74
20.66
20.76
20.72
0.05
Volumetric[2]
FTP
14.25
14.05
13.97
14.09
0.14
1.0
HFET
20.00
20.53
20.39
20.31
0.27
Carbon Balance
FTP
14.05
14.96
14.45
14.49
0.46
3.2
HFET
20.12
21.90
20.64
20.89
0.92
s/x(%)   1.9
                         0.6
                   0.3
 1.4
4.4
[1]  Dynamometer adjustments based on straight track coastdown
times.
[2]  Fuel Economy results corrected for density variations due to
temperature.

-------
                                      Table C-2
    Track Results
s/x(%)   1.2
                            Pinto  Fuel  Economy  Data

                         Coupled Roll
                    Dynamometer Results (mpg)
                                       Uncoupled Roll
                                   Dynamometer Results  (mpg)



X
s
(mpg)
FTP
16.86
17.00
17.25
17.04
0.20
Volumetric
FTP
18.23
18.14
18.17
18.18
0.05
Carbon Balance
FTP
19.76
18.82
19.50
19.36
0.49
Volumetric
FTP
18.53
18.53
18.30
18.45
0.13
Carbon Balance
FTP
19.40
19.36
19.64
19.46
0.15
                     0.3
                   2.5
                  0.7
                  0.8
         HFET
                     HFET
                   HFET
                  HFET
                   HFET
x
s
        23.53
         0.24
25.75
 0.24
26.84
 0.68
26.68
 0.10
27.60
 0.11
         1.1
                     0.9
                   2.5
                                                            0.4
                                    0.4

-------
Track Results
     1.1
               Table C-3

            Ford F-100 Data

     Coupled Roll
Dynamometer Results (mpg)
                     Uncoupled Roll
                 Dynamometer Results (mpg)


X
s
(mpg)
FTP
14.44
14.76
14.65
14.62
0.16
Volumetric
FTP
15.16
15.15
15.17
15.16
0.01
Carbon Balance
FTP
15.62
15.24
14.90
15.25
0.36
Volumetric
FTP
15.57
15.84
15.62
15.68
0.14
Carbon Balance
FTP
15.92
15.96
15.68
15.85
0.15
 0.1
 2.4
 0.9
 1.0
x
s
 HFET

18.23
18.61
18.58

18.47
 0.21
                     HFET
20.51
 0.01
 HFET

20.24
20.76
20.26

20.42
 0.29
                                    HFET
                   HFET
21.60
 0.10
21.29
 0.30
     1.1
 0.05
                                       1.4
                  0.5
                                                      1.4

-------
                                      Table C-4
    Track Results
       (mpg)	
         FTP

        18.24
        18.72
        18.58
        18.50
        18.37
        19.22
        19.27
        19.23
        19.30

    x"   18.83
    s    0.43
    x
    s
26.43
26.09
26.87
26.29
25.77
27.32
26.55
27.25
27.76

26.70
 0.65
                      Citation Fuel  Economy  Data

                     Coupled Roll
                Dynamometer Results (mpg)
Volumetric
FTP
18.68
18.82
18.96
18.86
18.30
19.21
19.49
19.39
19.43
19.02
0.40
2.1
HFET
28.28
28.48
28.18
28.72
29.03
28.65
29.28
29.19
29.30
28.79
0.43
Carbon Balance
FTP
18.82
19.00
19.02
18.90
18.32
19.18
19.48
19.40
19.42
19.06
0.37
1.9
HFET
27.70
28.02
27.74
27.94
28.44
27.60
29.34
28.26
28.82
28.21
0.58
                    Uncoupled Roll
                Dynamometer Results (mpg)
Volumetric
FTP
18.99
18.78
18.65
18.77
19.21
18.51
18.80
18.99
18.75
18.83
0.21
1.1
HFET
29.32
28.93
29.60
30.10
29.78
29.40
29.08
29.17
29.48
29.43
0.36
Carbon Balance
FTP
19.52
19.24
18.82
18.82
19.56
18.88
18.70
19.10
18.94
19.06
0.31
1.7
HFET
27.90
29.24
29.24
29.34
29.14
28.82
28.62
28.44
28.96
28.75
0.48
s/x(%)   2.4
                 1.5
2.1
1.2
1.7

-------
                                      Table C-5




                              Escort Fuel Economy Data
Track Results
(mpg)
FTP
23.43
23.45
23.12
x 23.33
s 0.19
s/x(%) 0.8
HFET
35.50
33.08
34.85
x" 34.48
s 1.25
Coupled
Dynamometer
Volumetric
FTP
23.78
23.93
24.63
24.11
0.45
1.9
HFET
39.01
40.13
40.65
39.93
0.84
Roll
Results (mpg)
Carbon Balance
FTP
23.74
24.04
24.86
24.21
0.58
2.4
HFET
38.24
39.54
39.84
39.21
0.85
Uncoupled Roll
Dynamometer Results (mpg)
Volumetric
FTP
24.56
24.64
24.74
24.65
0.09
0.4
HFET
40.50
39.91
41.30
40.57
0.70
Carbon Balance
FTP
24.46
24.96
25.02
24.81
0.31
1.2
HFET
39.76
39.44
40.70
39.97
0.65
s/x(%)   3.6
2.1
2.2
1.7
1.6

-------
Track Results
   (mpg)[2]
     FTP
                                      Table C-6
                              Horizon Fuel Economy Data

                            Coupled  Roll
                       Dynamometer Results  (mpg)[l]
Volumetric
    FTP
Carbon Balance
     FTP
                                                       Uncoupled Roll
                                                   Dynamometer Results (mpg)[l]
                                                Volumetric       Carbon Balance
                                                            FTP
                                                                      FTP
   X
   s
20.77
 2.28

10.9

HFET
                21.37
                21.82
                    21.60
                     0.32

                     1.5

                    HFET
                                          22.58
                                          23.20
                     22.89
                      0.44

                      1.9

                     HFET
                     22.22
                      0.57

                      2.6

                     HFET
23.42
 0.34

 1.5

HFET
   X
   s
30.18
 1.89
         6.3
                    33.04
                     0.67

                     2.0
                 Coupled  Roll
           Dynamometer Results  (mpg)[2]

X
s
Volumetric
FTP
21.31
21.66
20.98
21.32
0.34
Carbon Balance
FTP
22.38
22.96
22.42
22^59 ~
0.32
             1.6
            HFET
                       1.4
                      HFET
                     33.04
                      0.21

                      0.6
                     33.46
                     34.10
                     34.06

                     33.87
                      0.36

                      1.1
                                           Uncoupled Roll
                                       Dynamometer Results (mpg)[2]
                                    Volumetric       Carbon Balance
                                                FTP
                                           21.71
                                            0.19

                                            0.9

                                           HFET
                                             FTP

                                            23.26
                                            23.44
                                            22.96

                                            23.22
                                             0.24

                                             1.0

                                            HFET
33.82
 0.26

 0.8
    X
    s
    32.89
     0.32

     1.0
                          32.72
                           0.24

                           0.7
                          33.11
                           0.54

                           1.6
[1]  Dynamometer  adjusted  using  straight  track coastdown  times.
[2]  Dynamometer  adjusted  using  curved track coastdown times.
                           33.11
                            0.43

                            1.3

-------
                                    Table C-7
    Track Results
      Concord Fuel Economy Data

     Coupled Roll
Dynamometer Results (mpg)
                   Uncoupled Roll
               Dynamometer Results (mpg)


X
s
mpg)
FTP
18.25
18.27
18.20
18.24
O.OA
Volumetric
FTP
19.17
18.37
18.27
18.60
0.49
Carbon Balance
FTP
18.84
18.82
18.84
18.83
0.01
Volumetric
FTP
18.39
18.83
18.72
18.65
0.23
Carbon Balance
FTP
19.24
19.54
19.30
19.36
0.16
s/x(%)   0.2
 2.7
 0.1
 1.2
 0.8
        HFET
HFET



X
s
27.93
27.94
28.37
28.08
0.25
28.65
28.70
28.55
28.63
0.08
HFET
                                        28.83
                                         0.29
HFET
                                 29.33
                                  0.27
HFET

29.78
29.38
29.00

29.38
 0.39
s/x(%)   0.9
 0.3
 1.0
 0.9.
 1.3

-------
Track Results
   (mpg)[2]
     FTP

    32.30
    34.51
    33.17
    X
    s
33.33
 1.11

 3.3
                                      Table C-8

                               Civic Fuel Economy Data

                             Coupled Roll
                        Dynamometer Results  (mpg)[1]
             Volumetric
                 FTP
            34.03
             1.35

             4.0
                          Carbon Balance
                               FTP

                              36.02
                              35.82
                              33.98
                                      35.27
                                       1.12
                                           3.2
                                 Uncoupled Roll
                             Dynamometer Results (mpg)[l]
                          Volumetric       Carbon Balance
                                                            FTP
                             36.62
                              0.21

                              0.6
 FTP

38.02
37.72
37.90

37.88
 0.15

 0.4
        HFET
                    HFET
    X
    s
    43.52
     0.18

     0.4
                42.88
                 1.67

                 3.9
                              HFET

                              44.86
                              43.82
                              41.56

                              43.41
                               1.69

                               3.9
                             HFET

                             48.34
                             48.36
                             48.43

                             48.38
                              0.05

                              0.1
HFET

48.66
48.88
49.04

48.86
 0.19

 0.4
                 Coupled Roll
            Dynamometer Results (mpg)[2]
         Volumetric        Carbon Balance
             FTP
                           FTP
                                               Uncoupled Roll
                                           Dynamometer Results (mpg)[2]
                                        Volumetric       Carbon Balance
                                        FTP
                                                      FTP
    X
    s
    X
    s
34.83
34.18

34.51
 0.46

 1.3

HFET
        44.43
         0.48

         1.1
                              36.26
                              36.00
                              35.40
35.89
 0.44

 1.2

HFET

44.34
43.92
45.60

44.62
 0.87

 2.0
                                           36.30
                                           33.58
                                           33.77
                                           34.55
                                            1.52
                                                4.4
                                               HFET
                                       46.40
                                        1.13

                                        2.4
                                                         37.48
                                                         34.78
                                                         35.18
                                                         35.81
                                                          1.46
                                                              4.1
                                                             HFET
                                                     47.16
                                                      1.39

                                                      2.9
[I]  Dynamometer adjusted  using straight  track coastdown  times.
[2]  Dynamometer adjusted  using curved  track coastdown  times.

-------
                                     Table D-l
                              Oldsmobile Cutlass Data
Track Results - Volumetric Measurements

Bae 1

AD(mi) FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
3.560 12.25 0.0816
3.539 12.21 0.0819
3.563 12.08 0.0828
FTP-Composite
AD(mi)
10.996
10.848
11.010
x 10.951
s 0.080
s/x(%) 0.8
FE(mpg)
13.85
13.73
13.45
13.68
0.21
1.5
FC(gpm)
0.0722
0.0728
0.0743
0.0731
0.0011
1.5
Bag 2
AD(mi) FE(mpg) FC(gpm) AD(mi)
3.896 13.81 0.0724 3.540
3.789 13.56 0.0738 3.520
3.887 13.34 0.0749 3.560
Warm-Up HFET
AD(mi) FE(mpg) FC(gpm) AD(mi)
10.139 19.04 0.0525 10.217
10.214 19.08 0.0524 10.205
10.202 18.42 0.0543 10.196
x 10.206
s 0.011
S/JE(%) 0.1
Bag 3
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
15.32 0.0653
15.41 0.0649
14.84 0.0674
HFET
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
19.47 0.0514
19.32 0.0518
18.78 0.0521
19.19 0.0521
0.36 0.0009
1.9 1.8
[1]   Actual distance.
[2]   Fuel economy.
[3]   Fuel consumption.

-------
                                     Table D-2
                              Oldsmobile  Cutlass Data
Dynamometer Results - Rolls Uncoupled, Carbon Balance Measurements

AD(mi)
Bag 1
FE(mpg)

FC(gpm)
3.544 13.26 0.0754
3.566 13.56 0.0737
3.584 13.10 0.0763
FTP-Composite ^
AD (mi)
10.886
10.958
11.008
x" 10.950'
s 0.061
FE(mpg)
14.05
14.96
14.45
14.49
0.46
FC(gpm)
0.0712
0.0669
0.0692
0.0691
0.0022

AD(mi)
Bag 2
FE(mpg)
3.806 13.72
3.834 14.72
3.862 14.14
Warm-Up HFET
AD (mi)
10.142
10.202
10.216
FE(mpg)
20.00
21.40
20.46

FC(gpm)
0.0729
0.0679
0.0707
FC(gpm)
0.0500
0.0467
0.0489
X
s

AD (mi)
3.536
3.558
3.562
AD (mi)
10.122
10.188
10.220
10.177
0.050
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
15.46
16.78
16.40
HFET
FE(mpg)
20.12
21.90
20.64
20.89
0.92

FC(gpm)
0.0647
0.0596
0.0610
FC(gpm)
0.0497
0.0457
0.0484
0.0479
0.0020
s/x(%)  0.6
3.2
3.1
s/x(%)  0.5
4.4
4.3

-------
                             Table  D-3
                      Oldsmobile  Cutlass  Data
rnamometer Results - Rolls Uncoupled, Volume
Bag 1
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
12.65 0.0790
12.18 0.0821
12.22 0.0819
FTP-Composite
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
14.25 0.0702
14.05 0.0712
13.97 0.0716
x" 14.09 0.0710
s 0.14 0.0007
Bag 2
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
14.09 0.0710
13.95 0.0717
13.86 0.0721
Warm-Up HFET
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
20.04 0.0499
20.07 0.0498
20.02 0.0500
X
s
                                                       Bag 3
                                                 FE(mpg)   FC(gpm)
                                                  15.73
                                                  15.85
                                                  15.71
                                          0.0636
                                          0.0631
                                          0.0637
                                                       HFET
                                                 FE(mpg)   FC(gpm)
                                                  20.00
                                                  20.53
                                                  20.39

                                                  20.31
                                                   0.27
                                          0.0500
                                          0.0487
                                          0.0490

                                          0.0492
                                          0.0007
s/x(%)   1.0
1.0
1.4
1.4

-------
                                     Table D-4




                              Oldsmobile Cutlass Data
Dynamometer Results - Rolls Coupled, Carbon Balance Measurements

AD(mi)
3.534
3.540
3.548
Bag 1
FE(mpg)
13.28
13.52
13.42

FC(gpm)
0.0753
0.0740
0.0745
FTP-Composite
AD (mi)
10.896
10.900
10.914
10.903
0.010
FE(mpg)
14.50
14.56
14.62
14.56
0.06
FC(gpm)
0.0690
0.0687
0.0684
0.0687
0.0003

AD(mi)
3.806
3.812
3.808
Bag 2
FE(mpg)
14.04
14.08
14.20

FC(gpm)
0.0712
0.0710
0.0704

AD(mi)
3.554
3.548
3.558
Warm-Up HFET
AD (mi)
10.176
10.182
10.184
FE(mpg)
20.90
20.64
20.06
FC(gpm)
0.0478
0.0484
0.0416
X
s
AD (mi)
10.170
10.164
10.162
10.165
0.004
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
16.62
16.58
16.70
HFET
FE(mpg)
20.76
20.74
20.66
20.72
0.05

FC(gpm)
0.0602
0.0603
0.0599

FC(gpm)
0.0482
0.0482
0.0484
0.0483
0.0001
s/x(%)  0.1
0.4
0.4
s/x(%)  0.04
0.3
0.2

-------
                             Table  D-5
                      Oldsmobile  Cutlass  Data
lynamometer Results - Rolls Coupled
Bag
FE(mpg)
12.63
12.63
12.47
1
FC(gpm)
0.0791
0.0792
0.0802
FTP-Composite
FE(mpg)
14.03
14.03
13.89
x 13.98
s 0.08
FC(gpm)
0.0713
0.0713
0.0720
0.0715
0.0004
Bag
FE(mpg)
13.84
13.82
13.68
Warm-Up
FE(mpg)
19.85
19.87


, Volumetric Measurements
2
FC(gpm)
0.0722
0.0724
0.0731
HFET
FC(gpm)
0.0504
0.0503
X
s
Bag
FE(mpg)
15.50
15.62
15.53
HFET
FE(mpg)
20.30
20.29
20.09
20.23
0.12
3
FC(gpm)
0.0645
0.0640
0.0644

FC(gp'm)
0.0493
0.0493
0.0498
0.0495
0.0003
s/x(%)   0.6
0.6
s/x(%)   0.6
0.6

-------
                                     Table D-6
                                  Ford Pinto Data
Track Results - Volumetric Measurements

AD (mi)
Bag 1
FE(mpg)

FC(gpm)
3.593 13.27 0.0701
3.546 13.86 0.0721
3.508 '.4.60 0.0685
FTP-Composite
AD (mi)
11.009
10.876
10.811
x" 10.899
s 0.101
FE(mpg)
16.86
17.00
17.25
17.04
0.20
FC(gpm)
0.0593
0.0588
0.0580
0.0587
0.0007

Bag 2
AD (mi) FE(mpg)
3.834 17.45
3.810 17.20
3.794 17.37
Warm-Up HFET
AD(mi)
10.203
10.099
10.143
FE(mpg)
22.81
22.81
23.73

FC(gpm)
0.0573
0.0581
0.0576
FC(gpm)
0.0438
0.0438
0.0421
X
s

AD (mi)
3.582
3.520
3.509
AD (mi)
10.147
10.063
10.089
10.100
0.043
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
17.95
18.23
19.02
HFET
FE(mpg)
23.73
23.26
23.60
23.53
0.24

FC(gpm)
0.0557
0.0548
0.0526
FC(gpm)
0.0421
0.0430
0.0424
0.0425
0.0005
s/x(%)   0.9
1.2
1.1
s/x(%)  0.4
1.1
1.1

-------
                                     Table D-7
                                  Ford Pinto Data
Dynamometer Results - Rolls Uncoupled Carbon Balance Measurements

Bag 1

AD(mi) FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
3.556 17.34 0.0577
3.568 17.04 0.0587
3.572 17.40 0.0575
FTP-Composite
AD (mi)
10.976
11.002
11.024
x 11.000
s 0.024
FE(mpg)
19.64
19.36
19.40
19.46
0.15
FC(gpm)
0.0509
0,0517
0.0515
0.0514
0.0004

AD(mi)
Bag 2
FE(mpg)
3.848 20.10
3.864 19.24
3.868 19.82
Warm-Up HFET
AD (mi)
10.214
10.212
10.232
FE(mpg)
26.64
26.90

FC(gpm)
0.0498
0.0520
0.0505
FC(gpm)
0.0375
0.0372
X
s

AD(mi)
3.572
3.570
3.584
AD (mi)
10.204
10.212
10.234
10.217
0.016
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
22.02
21.88
21.38
HFET
FE(mpg)
27.70
27.62
27.48
27.60
0.11

FC(gpm)
0.0454
0.0457
0.0468
FC(gpm)
0.0361
0.0362
0.0364
0.0362
0.0002
s/x(%)  0.2
0.8
0.8
s/x(%) 0.2
0.4
0.4

-------
                            Table D-8
                         Ford Pinto Data
    x
    s
imeter Results - Rolls Uncoupled, Volumt
Bag 1
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
15.77 0.0634
15.67 0.0638
15.70 0.0637
FTP Composite
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
18.53 0.0540
18.53 0.0540
18.30 0.0547
18.45 0.0542
0.13 0.0004
Bag 2
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
18.77 0.0533
18.45 0.0542
18.86 0.0530
Warm-Up HFET
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
26.05 0.0384
25.60 0.0391
25.77 0.0388
                                                        Bag  3
                                                  FE(mpg)   FC(gpm)
                                                   19.32
                                                   20.23
                                                   20.29
                                          0.0518
                                          0.0494
                                          0.0493
                                                        HFET
                                                  FE(mpg)   FC(gpm)
                                                   26.75
                                                   26.72
                                                   26.56
                                          0.0374
                                          0.0374
                                          0.0376
                              x  26.68     0.0375
                              s   0.10     0.0001
s/x(%)    0.7
0.7
s/x(%)  0.4
0.3

-------
                                      Table  D-9

                                   Ford  Pinto  Data

          Dynamometer Results - Rolls Coupled, Carbon Balance Measurements
                Bag 1
                          Bag 2
                                                                  Bag 3
       AD(mi)  FE(mpg)  FC(gpm)   AD(mi)  FE(mpg)  FC(gpm)   AD(mi)  FE(mpg)  FC(gpm)
        3..550   17.34   0.0577
        3.554   16.42   0.0609
        3.538   16.84   0.1188
                  3.812   19.66   0.0509
                  3.826   18.92   0.0529
                  3.814   19.88   0.0503
                                                          3.536   22.34   0.0448
                                                          3.536   20.92   0.0478
                                                          3.538   21.30   0.0469
            FTP-Composite
                      Warm-Up HFET
                                                                   HFET
       AD(mi)  FE(mpg)  FC(gpm)   AD(mi)  FE(mpg)  FC(gpm)   AD(mi)  FE(mpg)  FC(gpm)
   10.898   19.76   0.0506
   10.916   18.82   0.0531
   10.890   19.50   0.0513

x"  10.901   19.36   0.0517
s   0.013    0.49   0.0013
                                  10.154   26.44   0.0378
                                  10.176   25.50   0.0392
                                  10.156   26.80   0.0373
                                            10.136   27.26   0.0367
                                            10.158   26.06   0.0384
                                            10.156   27.20   0.0368
    x  10.150
    s   0.012
                                                                      26.84
                                                                       0.68
                                                             0.0373
                                                             0.0010
s/x(%)  0.1
2.5
                    2.5
s/x(%)  0.1
2.5
2.6

-------
                            Table D-10
                          Ford Pinto Data
Jynamometer Results - Rolls Coupled, Volumetric Measurements
Bag
1
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
15.04 0.0665
15.08 0.0663
14.96 0.0668
FTP-Composite
FE(mpg)
18.23
18.14
18.17
x" 18.18
s 0.05
FC(gpm)
0.0548
0.0551
0.0550
0.0550
0.0002
Bag
FE(mpg)
18.76
18.06
18.58
Warm-Up
FE(mpg)
25.27
24.52
25.35
2
FC(gpm)
0.0533
0.0554
0.0538
HFET
FC(gpm)
0.0396
0.0408
0.0394
X
s
Bag
FE(mpg)
19.99
19.52
20.05
HFET
FE(mpg)
25.76
25.50
25.98
25.75
0.24
3
FC(gpm)
0.0500
0.0512
0.0499
FC(gpm)
0.0388
0.0392
0.0385
0.0388
0.0004
s/x(%)   0.3
0.3
0.9
0.9

-------
                                     Table D-ll




                                  Ford Pickup Data
Track Results - Volumetric Measurements

AD(mi)
3.678
3.682
3.657
Bag 1
FE(mpg)
12.47
13.45
13.10

FC(gpm)
0.0802
0.0743
0.0763
. FTP-Composite
AD (mi)
11.373
11.415
11.353
x 11.374
s 0.036
FE(mpg)
14.44
14.76
14.65
14.62
0.16
FC(gpm)
0.0692
0.0678
0.0683
0.0684
0.0007

AD(mi)
4.017
4.022
3.999
Bag 2
FE(mpg)
14.93
14.91
14.83

FC(gpm)
0.0670
0.0671
0.0674

AD(mi)
•3.678
3.711
3.697
Warm-Up HFET
AD (mi)
10.526
10.645
10.613
FE(mpg)
17.73
19.30
18.44
FC(gpm)
0.0564
0.0518
0.0542
X
s
AD (mi)
10.530
10.616
10.578
10.575
0.043
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
15.19
15.54
15.58
HFET
FE(mpg)
18.23
18.61
18.58
18.47
0.21

FC(gpm)
0.0658
0.0643
0.0642

FC(gpm)
0.0548
0.0537
0.0538
0.0541
0.0006
s/x(%)  0.3
1.1
1.1
s/x(%)  0.4
1.1
1.1

-------
                                     Table D-12




                                  Ford Pickup Data
Dynamometer Results - Rolls Uncoupled, Carbon Balance Measurements

AD(mi)
Bag 1
FE(mpg)

FC( gpm)
3.546 14.26 '0.0701
3.552 14.62 0.0684
3.534 14.02 0.0713
FTP-Composite
AD(mi)
10.874
10.912
10.864
x" 10.883
s 0.025
FE(mpg)
15.92
15.96
15.68
15.85
0.15
FC(gpm)
0.0628
0.0627
0.0638
0.0631
0.0006

AD(mi)
Bag 2
FE(mpg)
3.794 16.08
3.820 16.14
3.790 16.06
Warm-Up HFET
AD( ml )
10.124
10.130
10.138
FE(mpg)
20.93
20.88
20.74

FC(gpm)
0.0622
0.0620
0.0623
FC(gpm)
0.0478
0.0479
0.0484
X
s

AD(mi)
3.534
3.540
3.540
AD( mi )
10.104
10.124
10.116
10.115
0.010
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
17.08
17.34
17.30
HFET
FE(mpg)
21.63
21.16
21.08
21.29
0.30

FC( gpm)
0.0585
0.0577
0.0578
FC(gpm)
0.0462
0.0473
0.0474
0.0470
0.0007
s/x(%)  0.2
1.0
1.0
s/x(%)    0.1
1.4
1.4

-------
                            Table D-13
                         Ford Pickup Data
Dynamometer

FE(mpg)
13.88
14.04
13.58
Results - Rolls Uncoupled, Volumetric Measurements
Bag 1
FC(gpm)
0.0720
0.0712
0.0737
FTP-Composite
FE(mpg)
15.57
15.84
15.62
x" 15.68
s 0.14
FC(gpm)
0.0642
0.0631
0.0640
0.0638
0.0006
Bag
FE(mpg)
15.78
16.05
15.90
Warm- Up
FE(mpg)
20.79
20.98
20.87
2
FC(gpm)
0.0634
0.0623
0.0629
HFET
FC(gpm)
0.0481
0.0477
0.0479
X
s
Bag
FE(mpg)
16.60
16.99
16.84
HFET
FE(mpg)
21.48
21.68
21.63
21.60
0.10
3
FC(gpm)
0.0602
0.0589
0.0594

FC(gpm)
0.0466
0.0461
0.0462
0.0463
0.0003
s/x(%)   0.9
0.9
s/x(%)    0.5
0.6

-------
                                     Table  D-14

                                  Ford  Pickup  Data
    x
    s
Dynamometer Results - Rolls Coupled, Carbon Balance Measurements

Bag 1

AD( mi ) FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
3.536 13.62 0.0734
3.558. 13.26 0.0754
3.540 13.08 0.0765
FTP-Composite
AD(mi)
10.888
10.912
10.854
10.885
0.029
FE(mpg)
15.62
15.24
14.90
15.25
0.36
FC(gpm)
0.0640
0.0656
0.0671
0.0656
0.002

AD(mi)
Bag 2
FE(mpg)
3.806 16.04
3.812 15.80
3.784 15.80
Warm-Up HFET
AD(mi)
10.142
10.128
10.124
FE(mpg)
19.68
19.80
19.96

FC(gpm)
0.0623
0.0633
0.0633
FC(gpm)
0.0508
0.0505
0.0501
X
s

AD(mi)
3.546
3.542
3.530
AD(mi)
10.130
10.128
10.108
10.122
0.012
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
16.62
16 . 00
16.18
HFET
FE(mpg)
20.24
20.76
20.26
20.42
0.29

FC( gpm)
0.0602
0.0625
0.0618
FC(gpm)
0.0494
0.0482
0.0494
0.0490
0.0001
s/x(%)  0.3
2.4
2.4
s/x(%)  0.1
1.4
1.4

-------
                            Table D-15
                         Ford Pickup Data
Dynamometer Results - Rolls Coupled
Bag
1
FE(mpg) FC( gpm)
13.16 0.0760
12.98 0.0771
12.74 0.0785
FTP-Composite
FE(mpg)
15.16
15.15
15.17
x 15.16
s 0.01
FC(gpm)
0.0660
0.0660
0.0659
0.0660
0.0001
Bag
FE(mpg)
15.51
15.62
15.52
Warm-Up
FE(mpg)
19.83
19.82
19.42
, Volumetric Measurements
2
FC(gpm)
0.0645
0.0640
0.0644
HFET
FC(gpm)
0.0504
0.0505
0.0515
X
s
Bag
FE(mpg)
16.19
16.09
16.25
HFET
FE(mpg)
20.52
20.50
20.51
20.51
0.01
3
FC(gpm)
0.0618
0.0622
0.0615
FC(gpm)
0.0487
0.0488
0.0488
0.0488
0.0001
s/x(%)   0.1
0.1
s/x(%)    0.05    0.1

-------
                                     Table D-16
                               Chevrolet  Citation  Data
Track Results - Volumetric
Bag 1
AD(mi)
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
541
585
589
551
643
642
636
542
557
FE(mpg)
16.00
16.39
16.03
15.78
16.15
16.14
17.61
17.66
17.55
FC(gpm)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
.0625
.0610
.0624
.0634
.0619
.0620
.0568
.0566
.0570
FTP-Composite
AD (mi)
10.
11.
11.
10.
11.
11.
11.
10.
10.
x" 11.
s 0.
938
065
131
990
252
237
236
949
947
083
134
FE(mpg)
18.24
18/72
18.58
18.50
18.37
19.22
19.27
19.23
19.30
18.83
0.43
FC(gpm)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
.0548
.0534
.0538
.0540
.0544
.0520
.0519
.0520
.0518
.0531
.0012
AD(mi)
3.843
3.904
3.934
3.866
3.977
4.016
3.983
3.859
3.859
Bag 2
FE(mpg)
18.08
18.64
18.51
18.51
18.29
19.50
19.06
18.80
18.83
Measurements
Bag 3
FC(gpm) AD(mi) FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
0.0553
0.0536
0.0540
0.0540
0.0547
0.0513
0.0525
0.0532
0.0531
3.554
3.576
3.608
3.573
3.632
3.579
3.617
3.548
3.558
Warm-Up HFET
AD (mi)
10.217
10.289
10.314
10.236
10.396
10.300
10.372
10.241



FE(mpg)
25/80
25.65
26.43
25.95
25.39
27.00
26.31
26.74



FC(gpm)
0.0388
0.0390
0.0378
0.0385
0.0394
0.0370
0.0380
0.0374

X
s
AD(mi)
10.198
10.220
10.282
10.191
10.340
10.325
10.501
10.211
10.218
10.276
0.101
20.51
20.88
20.91
20.87
20.43
21.34
21.09
21.43
21.77
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
.0488
.0479
.0478
.0479
.0489
.0469
.0474
.0467
.0459
HFET
FE(mpg)
26.
26.
26.
26.
•25.
27.
26.
27.
27.
26.
0.
43
09
87
29
77
32
55
25
76
70
65
FC(gpm)
0.0378
0.0383
0.0372
0.0380
0.0388
0.0366
0.0377
0.0367
0.0360
0.0375
0.0009
s/x(%) 1.2
2.3
2.3
s/x(%)  1.0
2.4
2.4

-------
                                     Table D-17
                               Chevrolet  Citation Data
Dynamometer Results - Rolls Uncoupled, Carbon Balance Measurements

AD(mi)
3.542
3.542
3.542
3.558
3.550
3.518
3.530
3.530
3.538
Bag 1
FE(mpg)
17.76
17.44
16.96
15.70
17.38
17.52
17.46
17.56
17.58

FC(gpm)
0.0563
0.0573
0.0590
0.0637
0.0575
0.0571
0.0573
0..0569
0.0569
FTP-Composite
AD (mi)
10.906
10.914
10.900
10.908
10.892
10.832
10.848
10.844
10.852
x 10.877
s 0.033
FE(mpg)
19.52
19.24
18.82
18.82
19.56
18.88
18.70
19.10
18.94
19.06
0.31
FC(gpm)
0.0512
0.0520
0.0531
0.0531
0.0511
0.0530
0.0535
0.0524
0.0528
0.0525
0.0009

AD(mi)
3.818
3.826
3.808
3.808
3.800
3.762
3.786
3.792
3.776
Bag 2
FE(mpg)
18.98
18.80
18.22
18.66
19.16
18.08
17.74
18.48
18.00

FC(gpm)
0.0527
0.0532
0.0549
0.0536
0.0522
0.0553
0.0564
0.0541
0.0556

AD(mi)
3.546
3.546
3.544
5.542
3.542
3.552
3.532
3.522
3.538
Warm-Up HFET
AD (mi)
10.162
10.190
10.156
10.154
10.146
10.088
10.132
10.092
10.118


FE(mpg)
28.20
28.12
28.36
28.80
28.90
28.36
27.90
28.34
28.26


FC(gpm)
0.0355
0.0356
0.0353
0.0347
0.0346
0.0353
0.0358
0.0353
0.0354
X
s
AD (mi)
10.166
10.210
10.156
10.144
10.142
10.098
10.090
10.094
10.104
10.134
0.041
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
22.40
21.92
22.00
22.52
22.60
22.00
22.06
21.92
22.44
HFET
FE(mpg)
28.30
27.90
29.24
29.34
29.14
28.82
28.62
28.44
28.96
28.75
0.48

FC(gpm)
0.0446
0.0456
0.0455
0.0444
0.0442
0.0455
0.0453
0.0456
0.0446

FC(gpm)
0.0353
0.0358
0.0342
0.0341
0.0343
0.0347
0.0349
0.0352
0.0345
0.0348
0.0006
s/x(%)  0.3
1.7
1.7
s/x(%)   0.4
1.7
1.7

-------
                            Table D-18
                      Chevrolet Citation Data
lometer Results - Rolls Uncoupled, Volume
Bag
FE(mpg)
16.17
16.17
15.98
14.84
16.28
16.26
16.42
16.47
16.44
1
FC(gpm)
0.0618
0.0618
0.0626
0.0674
0.0614
0.0615
0.0609
0.0607
0.0608
FTP-Composite
FE(mpg)
18.99
18.78
18.65
18.77
19.21
18.51
18.80
18.99
18.75
18.83
0.21
FC(gpm)
0.0527
0.0532
0.0536
0.0533
0.0520
0.0540
0.0532
0.0527
0.0533
0.0531
0.0006
Bag
FE(mpg)
18.86
18.51
18.41
19.00
18.93
18.45
18.38
18.65
18.12
Warm-Up
FE(mpg)
28.14
28.03
28.20
28.76
28.70
28.25
28.25
28.39
28.50


2
FC(gpm)
0.0530
0.0540
0.0543
0.0526
0.0528
0.0542
0.0544
0.0536
0.0552
HFET
FC(gpm)
0.0355
0.0357
0.0355
0.0348
0.0348
0.0354
0.0354
0.0352
0.0351
X
s
Bag
FE(mpg)
21.74
21.63
21.47
21.92
22.42
20.57
21.86
21.89
22.13
HFET
FE(mpg)
29.32
28.93
29.60
30.10
29.78
29.40
29.08
29.17
29.48
29.43
0.36
3
FC(gpm)
0.0460
0.0462
0.0466
0.0456
0.0446
0.0486
0.0457
0.0457
0.0452

FC(gpm)
0.0341
0.0346
0.0338
0.0332
0.0336
0.0340
0.0344
0.0343
0.0339
0.0340
0.0004
s/x(%)   1.1
1.1
1.2
1.2

-------
                                     Table D-19
                              Chevrolet Citation Data
Dynamometer Results - Rolls Coupled, Carbon Balance Measurements

AD(mi)
3.526
3.536
3.546
3.538
3.530
3.536
3.540
3.528
3.532
Bag 1
FE(mpg)
17.18
17.74
17.92
17.56
14.86
18.04
18.12
18.40
18.34

FC(gpm)
0.0582
0.0564
0.0558
0.0569
0.0673
0.0554
0.0552
0.0543
0.0545
FTP-Composite
AD (mi)
10.848
10.860
10.868
10.886
10.854
10.854
10.838
10.852
10.856
x 10.857
s 0.014
FE(mpg)
18.82
19.00
19.02
18.90
18.32
19.18
19.48
19.40
19.42
19.06
0.37
FC(gpm)
0.0531
0.0526
0.0526
0.0529
0.0546
0.0521
0.0513
0.0515
0.0515
0.0525
0.0010

AD(mi)
3.788
3.796
3.792
3.810
3.792
3.800
3.780
3.792
3.792
Bag 2
FE(mpg)
18.32
17.96
18.30
18.20
18.38
18.52
18.76
18.46
18.46

FC(gpm)
0.0546
0.0557
0.0546
0.0549
0.0544
0.0540
0.0533
0.0542
0.0542

AD(mi)
3.534
3.528
3.530
3.538
3.532
3.540
3.518
3.532
3.532
Warm-Up HFET
AD (mi)
10.130
10.122
10.128
10.114
10.124
10.122
10.090
10.112
10.100


FE(mpg)
27.50
27.72
27.46
28.02
28.12
27.88
28.44
28.34
28.62


FC(gpm)
0.0364
0.0361
0.0364
0.0357
0.0356
0.0359
0.0352
0.0353
0.0349
X
s
AD (mi)
10.132
10.098
10.102
10.108
10.090
10.104
10.094
10.118
10.100
10.105
0.105
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
21.42
22.62
21.70
21.70
21.98
21.60
22.42
22.52
22.74
HFET
FE(mpg)
27.70
28.02
27.74
17.94
28.44
27.60
29.34
28.26
28.82
28.21
0.58

FC(gpm)
0.0467
0.0442
0.0461
0.0461
0.0455
0.0463
0.0446
0.0444
0.0440

FC(gpm)
0.0361
0.0357
0.0360
0.0358
0.0352
0.0262
0.0341
0.0354
0.0247
0.0355
0.0007
s/x(%) 0.1
1.9
1.9
s/x(%)   0.1
2.1
2.0

-------
                            Table D-20
                     Chevrolet Citation Data
lynamometer Results - Rolls Coupled, Volume t
Baj
FE(mpg)
16.46
16.93
17.01
16.58
14.01
17.16
17.29
17.28
17.45
5 1
FC(gpm)
0.0608
0.0591
0.0588
0.0603
0.0714
0.0583
0.0578
0.0579
0.0573
FTP-Composite
FE(mpg)
18.68
18.82
18.96
18.86
18.30
19.21
19.49
10.39
19.43
x 19.02
s 0.40
FC(gpm)
0.0535
0.0531
0.0527
0.0530
0.0547
0.0520
0.0513
0.0516
0.0515
0.0526
0.0011
Bag
FE(mpg)
18.26
18.22
18.52
18.43
18.58
18.87
19.06
18.91
18.84
Warm-Up
FE(mpg)
27.69
27.80
27.43
28.15
28.22
27.94
-2-8.50
28.60
28.72

—
2
FC(g-pm)
0.0548
0.0549
0.0540
0.0543
0.0538
0.0530
0.0525
0.0529
0.0531
HFET
FC(gpm)
0.0361
0.0360
0.0365
0.0355
0.0354
0.0358
0.0351
0.0350
0.0348
X
s
Bag
FE(mpg)
21.51
21.72
21.57
21.74
21.75
21.68
22.31
22.24
22.37
HFET
FE(mpg)
28.28
28.48
28.18
28.72
29.03
28.65
29.28
29.19
29.30
28.79
0.43
3
FC(gpm)
0.0465
0.0460
0.0464
0.0460
0.0460
0.0461
0.0448
0.0450
0.0447

FC(gpm)
0.0354
0.0351
0.0355
0.0348
0.0345
0.0349
0.0341
0.0343
0.0341
0.0347
0.0005
s/x(%)   2.1
2.1
1.5
1.5

-------
                                     Table D-21
                                  Ford Escort Data
Track Results - Volumetric Measurements

AD(mi)
3.593
3.555
3.563
Bag 1
FE(mpg)
21.17
21.13
20.25

FC(gpm)
0.0472
0.0473
0.0494
FTP-Composite
AD(mi)
11.140
11.040
11.069
x" 11.083
s " 0.051-
FE(mpg)
23.43
23.45
23.12
23.33
0.19
FC(gpm)
0.0427
0.0426
0.0433
0.0429
0.0004

AD(mi)
3.947
3.898
3.926
Bag 2
FE(mpg)
22.95
22.81
22.71

FC(gpm)
0.0436
0.0438
0.0440

AD(mi)
3.600
3.587
3.580
Warm-Up HFET
AD (mi)
10.246
10.262
10.289
FE(mpg)
34.91
34.22
34.05
FC(gpm)
0.0286
0.0292
0.0294
X
s
AD (mi)
10.232
10.233
10.191
10.219
0.024
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
26.39
26.80
26.49
HFET
FE(mpg)
35.50
33.08
34.85
34.48
1.25

FC(gpm)
0.0379
0.0373
0.0378

FC(gpm)
0.0282
0.0302
0.0287
0.0290
0.0010
s/x(%)  0.5
0.8
0.8
s/x(%)   0.2
3.6
3.6

-------
                                    Table D-22

                                 Ford Escort Data

         Dynamometer  Results  -  Rolls Uncoupled, Carbon Balance Measurements
                Bag  1
                               Bag 2
                                             Bag 3
       AD(mi)   FE(mpg)  FC(gpm)   AD(mi)  FE(mpg)  FC(gpm)   AD(mi)  FE(mpg)  FC(gpm)
        3.512    22.68    0.0441
        3.606    22.92    0.0436
        3.618    23.02    0.0434
                       3.800   23.24   0.0430
                       3.886   24.18   0.0414
                       3.866   23.92   0.0418
                                      3.524   29.08   0.0344
                                      3.598   28.60   0.0350
                                      3.602   29.40   0.0340
FTP-Composite

X
s
AD(mi)
10.836
11.090
11.086
11.004
0.146
FE(mpg)
24.46
24.96
25.02
24.81
0.31
FC(gpm)
0.0409
0.0401
0.0400
0.0403
0 ..0005
               Warm-Up HFET
                                                                      HFET
AD( mi )
10.082
10.328
10.324
FE(mpg)
38.92
38.76
40.44
FC(gpm)
0.0257
0.0258
0.0247
X
s
AD( mi )
10.080
10.310
10.306
10.232
0.132
FE(mpg)
39.76
39.44
40.70
39.97
0.65
FC(gpm)
0.0252
0.0254
0.0246
0.0251
0.0004
s/x(%)  1.3
     1.2
1.2
1.3
1.6
1.6

-------
                            Table B-23
                         Ford Escort Data
•namometer Results - Rolls Uncoupled, Volumetric Measurements
Bag
FE(mpg)
21.01-
21.66
21.65
1
FC(gpm)
0.0476
0.0462
0.0462
FTP-Composite
FE(mpg)
24.56
24.64
24.74
x 24.65
s 0.09
FC(gpm)
0.0407
0.0406
0.0404
0.0406
0.0002
Bag
FE(mpg)
23.90
24.07
23.96
Warm-Up^
FE(mpg)
39.23
38.92
40.77
2
FC(gpm)
0.0418
0.0415
0.0417
HFET
FC(gpm)
0.0255
0.0257
0.0245
X
s
Bag
FE(mpg)
29.17
28.44
29.14
HFET
FE(mpg)
40.50
39.91
41.30
40.57
0.70
3
FC(gpm)
0.0343
0.0352
0.0343

FC(gpm)
0.0247
0.0251
0.0242
0.0247
0.0005
s/x(%)   0.4
0.4
s/x(%)    1.7
1.7

-------
                                     Table D-24
                                  Ford Escort Data
Dynamometer Results - Rolls Coupled, Carbon Balance Measurements

AD (mi)
Bag 1
FE(mpg)

FC(gpm)
3.512 22.62 0.0442
3.520 23.38 0.0447
3.532 23.44 0.0427
FTP-Composite
AD (mi)
10.832
10.852
10.858
x" 10.847
s 0.014
FE(mpg)
23.74
24.04
24.86
24.21
0.58
FC(gpm)
0.0421
0.0416
0.0402
0.0413
0.0010

AD(mi)
Bag 2
FE(mpg)
3.802 22.60
3.796 22.76
2.798 23.62
Warm-Up HFET
AD (mi)
10.098
10.132
10.100
FE(mpg)
37.74
38.62
40.08

FC(gpm)
0.0442
0.0439
0.0423
FC(gpm)
0.0265
0.0259
0.0250
X
s

AD(mi)
3.518
3.534
3.528
AD (mi)
10.128
10.122
10.112
10.121
0.008
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
27.30
28.68
29.10
HFET
FE(mpg)
38.24
39.54
39.84
39.21
0.85

FC(gpm)
0.0366
0.0349
0.0344
FC(gpm)
0.0262
0.0253
0.0251
0.0255
0.0006
s/x(%)  0.1
2.4
2.4
s/x(%)   0.08
2.2
2.2

-------
                   Table D-25
                Ford Escort Data
lynamometer Results - Rolls Coupled, Volumetric Measurements
Bag 1
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
21.40 0.0467
21.03 0.0475
22.03 0.0454
FTP-Composite
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
23.78 0.0421
23.93 0.0418
24.63 0.0406
x" 24.11 0.0415
s 0.45 0.0008
Ba^
FE(mpg)
23.06
23.07
23.79
Warm-Up
FE(mpg)
37.65
38.88
40.04
2
FC(gpm)
0.0434
0.0434
0.0420
HFET
FC(gpm)
0.0266
0.0257
0.0250
x
s
Bag 3
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
27.35 0.0366
28.38 0.0352
28.71 0.0348
HFET
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
39.01 0.0256
40.13 0.0249
40.65 0.0246
39.93 0.0250
0.84 0.0005
1.9
1.9
s/x(%)    2.1
2.1

-------
                                     Table D-26
                                Plymouth  Horizon Data
Track. Results - Volumetric Measurements

AD (mi)
Bag 1
FE(mpg)

FC(gpm)
3.527 16.59 0.0603
3.641 14.73 0.0679
3.575 19.16 0.0522
FTP -Composite
AD(mi)
10.849
11.274
11.058
x" 11.060
s 0.213
FE(mpg)
21.75
18.17
22.40
20.77
2.28
FC(gpm)
0.0460
0.0550
0.0446
0.0485
0.0056

Bag 2
AD(mi) FE(mpg)
3.709 22.97
4.059 18.77
3.908 23.22
Warm-Up HFET
AD(mi)
10.316
10.136
10.259
FE(mpg)
30.32
26.94
30.29

FC(gpm)
0.0435
0.0533
0.0431
FC(gpm)
0.0330
0.0371
0.0330
X
s

AD(mi)
3.613
3.574
3.575
AD(mi)
10.281
10.121
10.252
10.218
0.085
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
24.20
20.03
23.60
HFET
FE(mpg)
31.03
28.01
31.50
30.18
1.89

FC(gpm)
0.0413
0.0499
0.0424
FC(gpm)
0.0322
0.0357
0.0317.
0.0332
0.0022
s/x(%)  1.9
10.9   11.6
s/x(%)   0.8
6.3
6.4

-------
                                     Table D-27
                               Plymouth Horizon Data
Dynamometer Results - Rolls Uncoupled, Carbon Balance Measurements

AD(mi)
Bag 1
FE(mpg)

FC(gpm)
3.526 19.90 0.0503
3.562 20.14 0.0497
3.544 21.20 0.0472
FTP-Composite
AD (mi)
10.874
10.972
10.882
x 10.909
s 0.054
FE(mpg)
23.08
23.42
23.76
23.42
0.34
FC(gpm)
0.0433
0.0427
0.0421
0.0427
0.0006

AD(mi)
Bag 2
FE(mpg)
3.792 23.12
3.854 23.56
3.802 23.56
Warm-Up HFET
AD (mi)
10.174
10.186
10.200
FE(mpg)
32.42
33.34
33.22

FC(gpm)
0..0433
0.0424
0.0424
FC(gpm)
0.0308
0.0300
0.0301
X
s

AD(mi)
3.556
3.556
3.536
AD (mi)
10.156
10.170
10.174
10.167
0.010
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
26.16
26.36
26.56
HFET
FE(mpg)
33.54
33.86
34.06
33.82
0.26

FC(gpm)
0.0382
0.0379
0.0377
FC(gpm)
0.0298
0.0295
0.0294
0.0296
0.0002
s/x(%>  0.5
1.5
1.4
s/x(%)   0.1
0.8
0.7

-------
                                    Table D-28
                             Plymouth Horizon Data [1]
Dynamometer Results - Rolls


AD(mi)
3
3
3
.564
.582
.550
Bag 1
FE(mpg)
19.98
20.00
19.52


FC(gpm)
0
0
0
.0501
.0500
.0512

Uncoupled, Carbon Balance Measurements

AD(mi)
3.
3.
3.
FTP-Composite
AD (mi)
10
10
10
x 10
s 0
s/x~(%) 0
.991
.976
.942
.970
.025
.2
FE(mpg)
23.26
23.44
22.96
23.22
0.24
1.0
FC(gpm)
0
0
0
0
0
1
.0430
.0427
.0436
.0431
.0005
.1
824
840
828
Bag 2
FE(mpg)
23.36
23.70
23.12

FC(gpm)
0.0428
0.0422
0.0433

AD(mi)
3.580
3.554
3.564
Warm-Up HFET
AD (mi)
10.
10.
10.

188
168
200

FE(mpg)
32.72
33.02
32.18

FC(gpm)
0.0306
0.0303
0.0311
X
s
s/x(%)
AD (mi)
10.150
10.174
10.164
10.162
0.012
0.1
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
26.24
26.32
25.99
HFET
FE (mpg )
33.28
33.42
32.62
33.11
0.43
1.3

FC(gpm)
0.0381
0.0380
0.0385

FC(gpm)
0.0300
0.0299
0.0307
0.0302
0.0004
1.4
[1]
Dynamometer adjusted using curved track coastdown times.

-------
     Table D-29
Plymouth Horizon Data
Dynamometer Results - Rolls Uncoupled
Bag 1
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
16.38 0.0610
15.88 0.0630
17.25 0.0580
FTP-Composite
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
21.57 0.0464
22.64 0.0442
22.49 0.0445
"x" 22.22 0.0450
s 0.57 0.0012
s/x(%) 2.6 2.7
Bag
FEQpg)
23.03
24.49
23.27
Warm-Up
FE(mpg)
31.26
31.63
31.86
, Volumetric Measurements
2
FC( gpm)
0.0434
0.0408
0.0430
HFET
FC(.gpm)
0.0320
0.0316
0.0314
s
Bag
FE(mpg)
23.62
25.69
25.82
HFET
FE(mpg)
33.46
34.10
34.06
33.87
0.36
1.1
3
FC( gpm)
0.0423
0.0389
0.0387
FC(gpm)
0.0299
0.0293
0.0294
0.0295
0.0003
1.1

-------
                             Table  D-30
                     Plymouth Horizon Data  [1]
Dynamometer

FE(mpg)
16.69
16.34
15.93
Results - Rolls Uncoupled
Bag 1
FC(gpm)
0.0599
0.0612
0.0628
FTP-Composite
FE(mpg)
21.64
21.57
21.92
x 21.71
s 0.19
s/x"(%) 0.9
FC(gpm)
0.0462
0.0464
0.0456
0.0461
0.0004
0.9
Bag
FE(mpg)
22.45
22.34
23.10
Warm-Up
FE(mpg)
31.56
31.26
30.70

, Volumetric Measurements
2
FC(gpm)
0.0445
0.0448
0.0433
HFET
FC(gpm)
0.0317
0.0320
0.0326
X
s
sWZ)
Bag
FE(mpg)
24.56
25.54
25.37
HFET
FE(mpg)
33.46
33.39
32.49
33.11
0.54
1.6
3
FC(gpm)
0.0407
0.0392
0.0394

FC(gpm)
0.0299
0.0299
0.0308
0.0302
0.0005
1.7
[1]   Dynamometer  adjusted using curved track coastdown times.

-------
                                    Table D-31




                               Plymouth Horizon Data
Dynamometer Results - Rolls Coupled, Carbon Balance Measurements [1]
Bag 1
AD(mi) FE(mpg) FC( gpm)
3.524 19.24 0.0520
3.548 20.68 0.0484
FTP-Composite
AD(mi) FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
10.922 22.58 0.0443
10.900 23.20 0.0431
10.852 	 	
x" 10.891 22.89 0.0437
s 0.036 0.44 0.0008
s/x(%) 0.3 1.9 1.9
Bag 2
AD(mi) FE(mpg) FC(gpm) AD(mi)
3.844 22.66 0.0441 3.554
3.808 22.98 0.0435 3.544
Warm-Up HFET
AD(mi) FE(mpg) FC(gpm) AD(mi)
10.172 32.66 0.0306 10.142
10.166 32.72 0.0306 10.148
10.172 31.82 0.0314 10.154
x 10.148
s 0.006
s/x(%) 0.1
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
25.82
25.96
HFET
FE(mpg)
33.16
33.16
32.80
33.04
0.21
0.6

FC( gpm)
0.0387
0.0385
FC(gpm)
0.0302
0.0302
0.0305
0.0303
0.0002
0.6
[1]   Third FTP  test voided.

-------
                                     Table D-32

                             Plymouth Horizon  Data  [1]

          Dynamometer Results - Rolls Coupled,  Carbon Balance Measurements
                 Bag 1
                           Bag 2
                                               Bag 3
       AD(mi)   FE(mpg)  FC(gpm)    AD(mi)   FE(mpg)  FC(gpm)    AD(mi)   FE(mpg)   FC( gpm)
        3.530   19.24   0.0520
        3.540   20.16   0.0496
        3.552   19.24   0.0520
                  3.770   22.32   0.0448
                  3.806   22.90   0.0437
                  3.822   22.32   0.0448
                                      3.546   25.50   0.0391
                                      3.556   25.72   0.0389
                                      3.550   25.80   0.0388
            FTP-Composite
                      Warm-Up HFET
                                               HFET
X
s
AD(mi)
10.846
10.902
10.924
10.891
0.040
FE(mpg)
22.38
22.96
22.42
22.59
0.32
FC(gpm)
0.0447
0.0436
0.0446
0.0443
0.0006
AD(mi)
10.166
10.200
10.186
FE(mpg)
32.12
32.64
32.64
FC(gpm)
0.0311
0.0306
0.0306
X
s
AD(mi)
10.148
10.144
10.160
10.151
0.008-
FE(mpg)
32.50
32.98
32.68
32.72
0.24
FC(gpm)
0.0308
0.0303
0.0306
0.0306
0.0003
s/x(%)  0.4
1.4
1.4
s/x(%)   0.1
0.7
0.8
[1]  Dynamometer adjusted using curved track coastdown times.

-------
                            Table D-33




                       Plymouth Horizon Data
Dynamometer Results - Rolls Coupled, Volumetric Measurements
Bag 1
FE(mpg) FC( gpm)
16.05 0.0623
16.75 0.0597
FTP-Composite
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
21.37 0.0468
21.82 0.0458

x 21.60 0.0463
s 0.32 0.0007
s/x(%) 1.5 1.5
Bag
FE(mpg)
22.80
23.00
Warm-U p
FE(mpg)
31.29
31.19
30.53

2
FC( gpm)
0.0439
0.0435
HFET
FC(gpm)
0.0320
0.0321
0.0328
X
s
./ai)
Bag
FE(mpg)
23.60
24.23
24.84
HFET
FE(mpg)
33.34
33.50
32.27
33.04
0.67
2.0
[1]
3
FC( gpm)
0.0424
0.0413
0.0403

FC( gpm)
0.0300
0.0299
0.0310
0.0303
0.0006
2.1
[1]   Third  FTP  test voided.

-------
                            Table D-34
                     Plymouth Horizon Data [1]
Dynamometer

Results - Rolls Coupled,
Bag 1
FE(mpg) FC( gpm)
15.95 0.0627
16.93 0.0590
15.79 0.0633
FTP-Composite
FE(mpg)
21.31
21.66
20.98
x" 21.32
s 0.34
s/x(%) 1.6
FC(gpm)
0.0469
• 0.0462
0.0477
0.0469
0.0008
1.6
Bag
FE(mpg)
22.07
22.75
22.05
Warm-Up
FE(mpg)
30.76
30.98
30.98
Volumetric
2
FC(gpm)
0.0453
0.0439
0.0454
HFET
FC(gpm)
0.0325
0.0323
0.0323
x
s
Measurements

FE(mpg)
Bag 3
FC( gpm)
24.84 0.0403
23.86 0.0419
23.77 0.0421
HFET
FE(mpg)
32.68
33.26
32.72
32.89
0.32
1.0
FC(gpm)
0.0306
0.0301
0.0306
0.0304
0.0003
1.0
[1]   Dynamometer adjusted using  curved track coastdown times.

-------
                                      Table D-35
                                   AMC Concord Data
Track Results - Volumetric Measurements

AD(mi)
Bag 1
FE(mpg)

FC(gpm)
3.576 15.88 0.0630
3.574 15.77 0.0634
3.562 16.05 0.0623
FTP-Composite
AD (mi)
11.131
11.104
11.082
x" 11.106
s 0.025
FE(mpg)
18.25
18.27
18.20
18.24
0.04
FC(gpm)
0.0548
0.0547
0.0550
0.0548
0.0002

AD(mi)
Bag 2
FE(mpg)
3.974 18.43
3.929 18.37
3.942 18.64
Warm-Up HFET
AD (mi)
10.265
10.296
10.219
FE(mpg)
26.20
27.11
27.27

FC(gpm)
0.0543
0.0544
0.0537
FC(gpm)
0.0382
0.0369
0.0367
X
s

AD(mi)
3.581
3.601
3.578
AD (mi)
10.274
10.272
10.128
10.225
0.084
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
19.89
20.21
19.12
HFET
FE(mpg)
27.93
27.94
28.37
28.08
0.25

FC(gpm)
0.0503
0.0495
0.0523
FC(gpm)
0.0358
0.0358
0.0352
0.0356
0.0003
s/x(%),  0.2
0.2
0.3
s/x(%)   0.8
0.9
1.0

-------
                                     Table D-36
                                  AMC Concord Data
Dynamometer Results - Rolls Uncoupled, Carbon Balance Measurements

AD(mi)
Bag 1
FE(mpg)

FC(gpm)
3.568 17.62 0.0568
3.574 18.40 0.0543
3.588 18.02 0.0555
FTP-Composite
AD (mi)
10.972.
11.006
10.998
x" 11.001
s 0.005
FE(mpg)
19.24
19.54
19.30
19.36
0.16
FC(gpm)
0.0520
0.0512
0.0518
0.0517
0.0004

Bag 2
AD(mi) FE(mpg)
3.828 18.86
3.860 19.08
3.834 18.80
Warm-Up HFET
AD (mi)
10.190
10.228
10.216
FE(mpg)
29.14
29.12
29.12

FC(gpm)
0.0530
0.0524
0.0532
FC(gpm)
0.0343
0.0343
0.0343
x
s

AD(mi)
3.576
3.574
3.576
AD (mi)
10.182
10.202
10.190
10.191
0.010
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
21.54
21.54
21.52
HFET
FE(mpg)
29.78
29.38
29.00
29.38
0.39

FC(gpm)
0.0464
0.0464
0.0465
FC(gpm)
0.0336
0.0340
0.0345
0.0340
0.0005
s/x(%)  0.04
0.8
0.8
s/x(%)   0.1
1.3
1.3

-------
                   Table D-37
                AMC Concord Data
lynamometer Results - Rolls Uncoupled
Bag 1
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
16.31 0.0613
17.19 0.0582
16.55 0.0604
FTP-Composite
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
18.39 0.0544
18.83 0.0531
18.72 0.0534
x 18.65 0.0536
s 0.23 0.0007
Bag
FE(mpg)
18.49
18.56
18.56
Warm-Up
FE (mpg )
27.76
28.64
28.44
, Volumetric Measurements
2
FC(gpm)
0.0541
0.0539
0.0539
HFET
FC(gpm)
0.0360
0.0349
0.0352
X
s
Bag 3
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
19.-92 0.0502
20.73 0.0482
20.88 0.0479
HFET
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
29.64 0.0337
29.15 0.0343
29.19 0.0343
29.33 0.0341
0.27 0.0003
1.2
1.3
0.9
1.0

-------
                                     Table  D-38




                                  AMC Concord  Data
Dynamometer Results - Rolls Coupled, Carbon Balance Measurements

AD(mi)
Bag 1
FE(mpg)

FC( gpm)
3.570 17.74 0.0564
3.598 17.70 0.0565
3.586 17.48 0.0572
FTP-Composite
AD(mi)
10.938
10.982
10.956
I 10.959
s 0.022
FE(mpg)
18.84
18.82
18.84
18.83
0.01
FC(gpm)
0.0531
0.0531
0.0531
0.0531
0.0000

AD(mi)
Bag 2
FE(mpg)
3.830 18.38
3.816 18.44
3.818 18.32
Warm-Up HFET
AD(mi)
10.180
10.184
10.192
FE(mpg)
28.48
28.56
28.64

FC( gpm)
0.0544
0.0542
0.0546
FC(gpm)
0.0351
0.0350
0.0349
X
s

AD(mi)
3.538
3.568
3.552
AD(mi)
10.182
10.174
10.198
10.185
0.012
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
20.82
20.66
21.24
HFET
FE(mpg)
28.52
28.86
29.10
28.83
0.29

FC( gpm)
0.0480
0.0484
0.0471
FC(gpm)
0.0351
0.0347
0.0344
0.0347
0.0004
s/x(%)  0.2
0.1
0.0
s/x(%)   0.1
1.0
1.0

-------
                             Table  D-39
                          AMC  Concord  Data
Dynamometer Results - Rolls Coupled,
Bag 1
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
20.14 O.OA96
16.42 0.0609
16.28 0.0614
FTP-Composite
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
19.17 0.0522
18.37 0.0544
18.27 0.0547
x" 18.60 0.0538
s 0.49 0.0014
Bag
FE(mpg)
18.24
18.32
17.98
Warm-Up
FE(mpg)
27.64
27.04
26.98
Volumetric Measurements
2
FC( gpm)
0.0548
0.0546
0.0556
HFET
FC(gpm)
0.0362
0.0370
0.0371
X
s
Bag 3
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
20.38 0.0491
20.11 0.0497
20.57 0.0486
HFET
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
28.65 0.0349
28.70 0.0348
28.55 0.0350
28.63 0.0349
0.08 0.0001
s/x(%)    2.7
2.5
0.3
0.3

-------
                                      Table D-40
                                   Honda Civic Data
Track Results - Volumetric Measurements

Bag 1

AD(mi) FE(mpg) FC( gpm)
3.512 29.65 0.0337
3.521 30.51 0.0328
3.469 29.85 0.0335
FTP-Composite
AD(mi)
10.947
10.831
10.688
x 10.822
s 0.130
FE(mpg)
32.30
34.51
33.17
33.33
1.11
FC(gpm)
0.0310
0.0290
0.0301
0.0300
0.0010

Bag 2
AD(mi) FE(mpg)
3.929 32.64
3.791 36.20
3.732 34.31
Warm-Up HFET
AD(mi)
9.608
10.154
10.142
FE(mpg)
39.08
41.01
40.89

FC(gpm)
0.0306
0.0276
0.0291
FC(gpm)
0.0256
0.0244
0.0245
X
s

AD(mi)
3.506
3.519
3.487
AD(mi)
9.884
10.145
10.089
10.039
0.137
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
33.78
34.74
33.78
HFET
FE( mpg )
43.72
43.45
43.39
43.52
0.18

FC(gpm)
0.0296
0.0288
0.0296
FC(gpm)
0.0229
0.0230
0.0230
0.0230
0.0001
s/x(%)  1.2
3.3
3.3
s/x(%)   1.4
0.4
0.3

-------
                                      Table D-41
                                   Honda Civic  Data
Dynamometer Results - Rolls Uncoupled, Carbon Balance Measuremeni-s

Bag 1

AD(mi) FE(mpg) FC( gpm)
3.578 35.38 0.0283
3.574 35.32 0.0283
3.584 35.52 0.0282
FTP-Composite
AD(mi)
10.924
10.938
10.994
x 10.952
s 0.037
FE(mpg)
38.02
37.72
37.90
37.88
0.15
FC(gpm)
0.0263
0.0265
0.0264
0.0264
0.0001
Bag 2
AD(mi) FE(mpg) FC(gpm) AD(mi)
3.816 38.38 0.0261 3.530
3.834 37.94 0.0264 3.530
3.858 38.02 0.0263 3.552
Warm-Up HFET
AD(mi) FE(mpg) FC(gpm) AD(mi)
10.120 46.16 0.0217 10.122
10.168 46.54 0.0215 10.166
10.182 46.66 0.0214 10.208
x 10.165
s 0.043
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
39.76
37.44
39.70
HFET
FE(mpg)
48.66
48.88
49.04
48.86
0.19

FC( gpm)
0.0252
0.0267
0.0252
FC(gpm)
0.0206
0.0205
0.0204
0.0205
0.0001
s/x(%)  0.3
0.4
0.4
s/x(%)   0.4
0.4
0.5

-------
                                      Table  D-42
                                 Honda Civic Data[l]

          Dynamometer Results - Rolls Uncoupled,  Carbon  Balance Measurements
                 Bag 1
                           Bag 2
                                               Bag 3
       AD(mi)   FE(mpg)   FC(gpm)    AD(mi)   FE(mpg)  FC(gpm)   AD(mi)  FE(mpg)  FC(gpm)
        3.576   35.60   0.0281
        3.556   31.94.   0.0313
        3.546   32.86   0.0304
                  3.816   37.44   0.0267
                  3.806   34.46   0.0290
                  3.816   34.78   0.0288
                                      3.538   39.10    0.0256
                                      3.550   37.82    0.0264
                                      3.522   38.10    0.0262
            FTP-Composite

X
s
AD( mi.)
10.930
10.912
10.884
10.909
0.023
FE(mpg)
37.48
34.78
35.18
35.81
1.46
FC(gpm)
0.0267
0.0288
0.0284
0.0280
0.0011
s/x(%)  0.2
4.1
4.0
                      Warm-Up HFET
                                               HFET
                                  AD(mi)   FE(mpg)   FC(gpm)   AD(mi)  FE(mpg)  FC(gpm)
                                  10.160    46.76    0.0214
                                  10.176    44.40    0.0225
                                  10.138    45.34    0.0221
                                            10.198   48.76    0.0205
                                            10.144   46.40    0.0216
                                            10.146   46.32    0.0216
X
s
10.163
0.031
47.16
1.39
0.0212
0.0006
s/x(%)   0.3
2.9
3.0
[1]   Dynamometer adjusted using curved track coastdown times.

-------
                             Table D-43
                          Honda Civic Data
Dynamometer Results - Rolls Uncoupled
Bag 1
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
33.68 0.0297
33.23 0.0301
33.50 0.0299
FTP-Composite
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
36.86 0.0271
36.48 0.0274
36.51 0.0274
"x 36.62 0.0273
s 0.21 0.0002
Bag
FE(mpg)
37.58
37.50
37.22
Warm-Up
FE(mpg)
44.77
45.10
45.10
, Volumetric Measurements
2
FC(gpm)
0.0266
0.0267
0.0269
HFET
FC(gpm)
0.0223
0.0222
0.0222
X
s
Bag 3
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
38.07 0.0263
37.22 0.0269
37.59 0.0266
HFET
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
48.34 0.0207
48.36 0.0207
48.43 0.0206
48.38 0.0207
0.05 0.0001
s/x(Z)    0.6
0.6
0.1
0.3

-------
                             Table D-44
                        Honda Civic Data[l]
Dynamometer

FE(mpg)
33.48
30.42
30.74
Results - Rolls Uncoupled
Bag 1
FC(gpm)
0.0299
0.0329
0.0325
FTP-Composite
FE(mpg)
36.30
33.58
33.77
x 34.55
s 1.52
s/x"(%) 4.4
FC(gpm)
0.0276
0.0298
0.0296
0.0290
0.0012
4.2
Bag
FE(mpg)
36.65
33.62
33.86
Wann-Up
FE(mpg)
45.27
43.07
43.93

, Volumetric Measurements
2
FC(gpm)
0.0273
0.0297
0.0295
HFET
FC(gpm)
0.0221
0.0232
0.0228
X
s
s/x(%)
Bag
FE(mpg)
37.90
36.12
36.09
HFET
FE(mpg)
47.69
45.57
45.94
46.40
1.13
2.4
3
FC(gpm)
0.0264
0.0277
0.0277

FC(gpm)
0.0210
0.0219
0.0218
0.0216
0.0005
2.3
[1]   Dynamometer adjusted using curved track coastdown times.

-------
                                      Table  D-45
                                   Honda  Civic Data
Dynamometer

AD(mi)
Bag 1
FE(mpg)
Results -

FC( gpm)
3.556 33.60 0.0298
3.460 33.48 0.0299
3.564 32.06 0.0312
FTP-Composite
AD(mi)
10.938
10.850
10.884
x 10.891
s 0.044
FE(mpg)
36.02
35.82
33.98
35.27
1.12
FC(gpm)
0.0278
0.0279
0.0294
0.0284
0.0009
Rolls Coupled, Carbon Balance Measurements

AD(mi)
Bag 2
FE(mpg)
3.840 36.26
3.836 36.18
3.782 33.70
Warm-Up HFET
AD(mi)
10.124
10.124
10.152
FE(mpg)
42.92
42.20
40.74

FC( gpm)
0.0276
0.0276
0.0297
FC(gpm)
0.0233
0.0237
0.0245
X
s

AD(mi)
3.542
3.554
3.538
AD(mi)
10.120
10.126
10.114
10.120
0.006
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
37.78
37.06
36.26
HFET
FE(mpg)
44.86
43.82
41.56
43.41
1.69

FC( gpm)
0.0265
0.0270
0.0276
FC(gpm)
0.0223
0.0228
0.0241
0.0231
0.0009
s/x(%)  0.4
3.2
3.2
s/x(%)   0.1
3.9
4.0

-------
                                     Table D-46
                                 Honda Civic Data[l]
Dynamometer

Bag 1
Results -

AD(mi) FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
3.556 33.74 0.0296
3.556 33.44 0.0299
3.560 31.62 0.0316
FTP-Composite
AD(mi)
10.912
10.916
10.948
x 10.925
s 0.020
s/x(Z) 0.2
FE(mpg)
36.26
36.00
35.40
35.89
0.44
1.2
FC(gpm)
0.0276
0.0278
0.0282
0.0279
0.0003
1.1
Rolls Coupled, Carbon Balance Measurements
Bag 2
AD(ml) FE(mpg) FC(gpm) AD(mi)
3.820 36.34 0.0275 3.536
3.816 36.34 0.0275 3.554
3.824 36.00 0.0278 3.564
Warm-Up HFET
AD(mi) FE(mpg) FC(gpm) AD(mi)
10.150 42.28 0.0237 10.138
10.130 42.48 0.0235 10.146
10.152 42.26 0.0237 10.050
3C 10.111
s 0.053
s/x(%) 0.5
Bag 3
FE(mpg)
38.32
37.50
37.70
HFET
FE(mpg)
44.34
43.92
45.60
44.62
0.87
2.0

FC( gpm)
0.0261
0.0267
0.0265
FC(gpm)
0.0226
0.0228
0.0219
0.0224
0.0005
2.1
[1]   Dynamometer  adjusted  using  curved  track  coastdown  times.

-------
                             Table  D-47
                          Honda  Civic  Data
Dynamometer Results -.Rolls Coupled,
Bag 1
FE(mpg) FC( gpm)
31.66 0.0316
30.65 0.0326
29.85 0.0335
FTP-Composite
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
35.06 0.0285
34.54 0.0290
32.50 0.0308
x 34.03 0.0294
s 1.35 0.0012
Bag
FE(mpg)
35.55
35.48
32.53
Warm-Up
FE(mpg)
41.48
41.28
39.75
Volumetric Measurements
2
FC( gpm)
0.0281
0.0282
0.0307
HFET
FC(gpm)
0.0241
0.0242
0.0252
X
s
Bag 3
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
36.72 0.0272
35.92 0.0278
34.60 0.0289
HFET
FE(mpg) FC(gpm)
44.07 0.0227
43.61 0.0229
40.97 0.0244
42.88 0.0233
1.67 0.0009
s/x(%)    4.0
4.1
3.9
4.0

-------
                             Table  D-48
                        Honda Civic Data[l]
Dynamometer

FE(mpg)
31.88
31.52
29.77
Results - Rolls Coupled,
Bag I
FC(gpm)
0.0314
0.0317
0.0336
FTP -Composite
FE(mpg)
34.83
34.18
x 34.51
s 0.46
s/x(%) 1.3
FC(gpm)
0.0287
0.0293
0.0290
0.0004
1.5
Bag
FE(mpg)
35.50
35.39
Warm-Up
FE(mpg)
41.05
41.72
41.05

Volumetric Measurements
2
FC(gpm)
0.0282
0.0283
HFET
FC(gpm)
0.0224
0.0240
0.0244
X
s
/ S W \
S j X^ /Q j

FE(mpg)
36.54
36.27
35.61
Bag 3
FC(gpm)
0.0274
0.0276
0.0281
HFET
FE(mpg)
44.11
44.19
44.98
44.43
0.48
1.1
FC(gpm)
0.0227
0.0226
0.0222
0.0225
0.0003
1.2
[1]   Dynamometer adjusted using curved track coastdown times

-------
                             Table E-l




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle         Oldsmobile Cutlass
Coastdown Type 	Track-straight




Test Date             10-22-80
Tire Pressure (psi) 	26/26	




Ambient Temp (°F) 	60	




Barometer (in Hg) 	29.79	




Test Weight (Ibm) 	3974	




Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm) 	1702	




Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	7_2_




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	68
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)     4113






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	15.31	




F0 (Ibf) 	45.1	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0145	






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	15.97	




F0 (Ibf) 	43.3	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0139	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	4072 (4000 + 72)	




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	15.81	

-------
                             Table  E-2




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle         Oldsmobile Cutlass
Coastdown Type 	Track-curved




Test Date             10-22-80
Tire Pressure (psi) 	26/26	




Ambient Temp (°F) 	59	




Barometer (in Hg) 	29.80	




Test Weight (Ibm) 	3953	




Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm) 	1686	




Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	71




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent' (Ibm)   	67
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)     4091






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	14.74	




F0 (Ibf) 	44.4	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0152	






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	15.41	




F0 (Ibf) 	44.0	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0144	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	4071 (4000 + 71)	




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	15.34	

-------
                             Table  E-3




                          Coastdown Data




Vehicle 	Oldsmobile Cutlass	




Coastdown Type    Dyno-straight, coupled




Test Date 	3-9-81	




Tire Pressure (psi) 	45	
Ambient Temp (°F) 	68	




Barometer (in Hg) 	29.00	




Test Weight (Ibm) 	4000 (3959)	




Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm)	1669	




Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	71_




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	~-
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)     4071






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	16.23	




F0 (Ibf) 	44.5'	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0131	






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	16.23	




F0 (Ibf) 	44.5	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0131	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	4071    	




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	16.23	

-------
                             Table E-4




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle         Oldsmobile Cutlass
Coastdown Type   Dyno-straight, uncoupled




Test Date 	3-9-81	




Tire Pressure (psi) 	45	
Ambient Temp (°F) 	68	




Barometer (in Hg) 	29.00   	




Test Weight (Ibm) 	4000 (3959)	




Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm) 	1669	




Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	71_




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm)   	—
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent,  Ibm)     4071






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	16.34	




F0 (Ibf) 	40.0'	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0138	






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	16.34	




F0 (Ibf) 	40.0	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0138	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	4071	




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	16.34	

-------
                             Table  E-5




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle
Ford Pinto
Coastdown Type




Test Date
  Track-s traight
  10-19-80
Tire Pressure (psi)




Ambient Temp (°F)




Barometer (in Hg) 	




Test Weight (Ibm)
         24/24
        30.05
        3091
Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm)
        1341
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm)
                            56
Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm)
                            53
Total Weight (test wt.  + rotating equivalent, Ibm)
                                   3200
Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec)




F0 (Ibf)      '
          11.65
        59.3'
  '(Ibf-sec2/ft2)
    0.0123
Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec)




F0 (Ibf) 	
          12.33
        56.0
F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2)
    0.0116
Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	
               3056 (3000 + 56)
Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec)
                         11.78

-------
                             Table E-6




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle
Ford Pinto
Coastdown Type




Test Date
   Track-curved
  11-19-80
Tire Pressure (psi)




Ambient Temp (°F) _




Barometer (in Hg) _




Test Weight (Ibm)
         24/24
          50
        30.04
        3084
Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm)
        1338
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm)
                            56
Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm)
                            52
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)
                                   3192
Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec)




F0 (Ibf) 	
          11.22
        59.7'
F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2)
Corrected Data
Coastdown Time (sec)
    0.0131
          12.12
F0 (Ibf)
        53.9
F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2)
    0.0124
Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm)    	
               3056 (3000+56)
Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec)
                         11.60

-------
                             Table E-7




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle             Ford Pinto
Coastdown Type    Dyno-straight, coupled




Test Date 	3-10-81	




Tire Pressure (psi) 	45	
Ambient Temp (°F) 	68




Barometer (in Hg) 	29.00




Test Weight (Ibm) 	3000 (3091)




Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm) 	1294
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	56




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	—
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)     3056






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	11.32	




F0 (Ibf) 	44.7	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0136	






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	11.32	




F0 (Ibf) 	44.7




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0136	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	3056	




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	11.32	

-------
                             Table E-8




                          Coastdowtx Data
Vehicle             Ford Pinto
Coastdown Type   Dyno-straight, uncoupled




Test Date 	3-10-81	




Tire Pressure (psi) 	45	
Ambient Temp (°F) 	68




Barometer (in Hg) 	29.00




Test Weight (Ibm) 	3000 (3091)




Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm) 	1294
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	56




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	—
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)     3056






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	12.06	




F0 (Ibf) 	38.4'	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0134	






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	12.06	




F0 (Ibf) 	38.4	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0134	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	3056	




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	12.06	

-------
                             Table  E-9




                          Coastdown Data




Vehicle 	Ford F-100	




Coastdown Type 	Track-straight




Test Date 	5-25-81	




Tire Pressure (psi) 	35/35	




Ambient Temp (°F) 	78	




Barometer (in Hg) 	29.62	




Test Weight (Ibm) 	4153	




Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm) 	1707	
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	75




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	71
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent,  Ibm)     4299






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	12.56	




F0 (Ibf) 	48.7"	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0201	






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	12.53	




F0 (Ibf) 	49.7	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0200	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	4325 (4250  + 75)	




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	12.61	

-------
                            Table E-10




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle 	 Ford F-100




Coastdown Type 	Track-curved




Test Date              6-18-81
Tire Pressure (psi) 	35/35




Ambient Temp (°F) 	79




Barometer (in Hg) 	29.70




Test Weight (Ibm) 	4171




Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm) 	1726
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	75




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	71
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent,  Ibm)      4317






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	12.41	




F0 (Ibf) 	55.0"	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0194	






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	12.22	




F0 (Ibf)     ,	57.8	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0193	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	4325 (4250  + 75)	




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	12.24	

-------
                            Table E-ll




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle             Ford F-100
Coastdown Type   Dyne-straight,  coupled




Test Date 	8-13-81	




Tire Pressure (psi) 	45	
Ambient Temp (°F) 	68
Barometer (in Hg) 	29.00




Test Weight (Ibm) 	4250 (4214)




Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm) 	  1735
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	76




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	—
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent,  Ibm)      4326






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.10	




F0 (Ibf) 	47.7"	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0190	






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.10	




F0 (Ibf) 	47.7	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0190	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	4326	




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.10	

-------
                            Table E-16




                          Coastdown Data




Vehicle 	Chevrolet Citation	




Coastdown Type   Dyno-straight,  uncoupled




Test Date 	6-11-82	




Tire Pressure (psi) 	45	
Ambient Temp (°F) 	68




Barometer (in Hg) 	29.00




Test Weight (Ibm) 	3000 (3105)




Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm) 	2009
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	56




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	—
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)    3056






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.28	




F0 (Ibf) 	35.8      	
F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0129	






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	3056	




F0 (Ibf) 	35.8	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2)    ..  0.0129	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	3056	




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.28

-------
                            Table E-12




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle             Ford F-100
Coastdown Type   Dyno-straight, uncoupled




Test Date	7-27-81	




Tire Pressure (psi) 	45	
Ambient Temp (°F) '	68
Barometer (in Hg) 	29.00




Test Weight (Ibm) 	4250 (4175)




Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm) 	1732
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	75




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	—
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)     4325






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.05	




F0 (Ibf) 	47.6'	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0194	






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.05	




F0 (Ibf) 	;	47.6	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0194	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	    4325	




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	13 .05	

-------
                            Table E-13




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle
Chevrolet Citation
Coastdown Type




Test Date
     Track-s traight
     10-16-81
Tire Pressure (psi)




Ambient Temp (°F) 	




Barometer (in Hg) 	




Test Weight (Ibm)
          26/26
            87
           29.69
            3108
Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm)
            1989
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm)
                               56
Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm)
                               53
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)
                                      3217
Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec)




F0 (Ibf) 	
             15.16
           32.2'
F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2)
       0.0121
Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec)




F0 (Ibf) 	
             14.63
           34.9
F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2)
       0.0122
Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	
                  3056  (3000 +  56)
Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec)
                            13.90

-------
                            Table E-14

                          Coastdown Data

Vehicle 	Chevrolet Citation	

Coastdown Type 	Track-curved	

Test Date __	2-11-82	

Tire Pressure (psi) 	26/26	
Ambient Temp (°F) 	      59
Barometer (in Hg) 	29.86	

Test Weight (Ibm) 	3113	

Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm) 	1978	

Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	56_

Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	53
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)     3222


Uncorrected Data

Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.81	

F0 (Ibf) 	36.6	

F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0130	
           [ <•>
Corrected Data

Coastdown Time (sec) 	14.54  	

F0 (Ibf) 	36.3	

F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0121	

Dynamometer Corrected Results

Mass Correction (Ibm) 	3056  (3000 + 56)	

Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.79	

-------
                            Table E-15




                          Coastdown Data




Vehicle 	Chevrolet Citation	




Coastdown Type     Dyno-straight, coupled




Test Date 	5-31-82	




Tire Pressure (psi) 	45	
Ambient Temp (°F) 	68
Barometer (in Hg) 	29.00	




Test Weight (Ibm) 	3000 (3101) 	




Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm) 	2005	




Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	56.




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	—
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)     3056
Uncorrected Data
Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.29	




F0 (Ibf) 	41.5'	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0118 -






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.29	




F0 (Ibf) 	41.5	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0118	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	3056	




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec)  	13.29

-------
                            Table E-17




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle            Ford Escort
Coastdown Type 	Track-straight




Test Date               4-26-82
Tire Pressure (psl) 	35/35




Ambient Temp (°F) 	80
Barometer (in Hg) 	29.73	




Test Weight (Ibm) 	2434	




Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm) 	1444	




Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	44
Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	41
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)     2519






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.50	




F0 (Ibf) 	25.Q-	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2)    0.0112	
Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.74




F0 (Ibf) 	25.7	
F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	O.Q1Q8	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	2544 (2500 + 44)




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.87

-------
                            Table E-18




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle          Ford Escort
Coastdown Type 	Track-curved




Test Date               4-1-82
Tire Pressure (psi) 	35/35




Ambient Temp (°F) 	76
Barometer (in Hg) 	29.81	




Test Weight (Ibm) 	2428	




Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm) 	   1433  	




Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	44	




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	41	




Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)     2513






Uncorrected Data
Coastdown Time (sec)       .  13.19



F0 (Ibf) 	27.8	
F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0110






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.16




FQ (Ibf) 	28.8	
F£ (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	Q.0109	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	2544 (2500 + 44)




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.32

-------
                            Table E-19




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle          Ford Escort
Coastdown Type    Dyno-straight, coupled




Test Date 	6-1-82	




Tire Pressure (psi) 	45	
Ambient Temp (°F) 	68
Barometer (in Hg) 	29.00
Test Weight (Ibm) 	2500 (2422)	




Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm)          1462	




Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	44




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	—
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)     2544






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	12.98	




F0 (Ibf) 	38.9      	
F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0094	






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	12.98	




F0 (Ibf) 	38.9	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0094	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	2544	




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	12.98

-------
                            Table E-20




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle          Ford Escort
Coastdown Type   Dyno-straight, uncoupled




Test Date 	6-11-82	




Tire Pressure (psi) 	45	
Ambient Temp (°F)	68	




Barometer (in Hg) 	29.00	




Test Weight (Ibm) 	2500 (2422)	




Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm) 	1453	




Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm). 	44




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	—
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)     2544






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	14.15	




F0 (Ibf) 	33.1	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0091






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	14.15	




F0 (Ibf) 	33.1	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0091	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	2544	




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	14.15	

-------
                            Table E-21




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle 	Plymouth Horizon




Coastdown Type   Track-straight




Test Date 	7-23-82




Tire Pressure (psi) 	35/35
Ambient Temp (°F) 	86
Barometer (in Hg) 	29.80
Test Weight (Ibm) 	2695
Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm)      1690
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	49




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent  (Ibm) 	46
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)     2789






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.99	




F0 (Ibf) 	35.1	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0104






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec)           13.48
F0 (Ibf) 	37.8




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0106
Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	2789 (2750 + 49)




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	13. 52

-------
                            Table E-22




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle 	Plymouth Horizon




Coastdown Type   Track-curved	
Test Date              7-27-82
Tire Pressure (psi) 	35/35
Ambient Temp (°F) 	86
Barometer (in Hg) 	29.84
Test Weight (Ibm) 	2708
Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm)      1686
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	49




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	46
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)     2803






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec)          13.46
F0 (Ibf) 	29.3
F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0123
Corrected Data
Coastdown Time (sec)           13.43
F0 (Ibf) 	29.2




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0123
Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm)              2799
Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.41

-------
                            Table E-23.




                          Coastdown Data




Vehicle 	Plymouth Horizon	




Coastdown Type   Dyno-straight, coupled




Test Date 	8-20-82	




Tire Pressure (psi) 	45	
Ambient Temp (°F) 	68
Barometer (in Hg) 	29.00
Test Weight (Ibm) 	2750 (2689)




Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm)      1701
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	48




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	—
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)     2798






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec)          13.11
Fn (Ibf)               37.4
 o
F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0113
Corrected Data
Coastdown Time (sec)           13.11
F0 (Ibf) 	37.4	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0113	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	2798 (2750 + 48)




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.11

-------
                            Table E-24




                          Coastdown Data




Vehicle 	Plymouth Horizon	




Coastdown Type   Dyne-straight, uncoupled




Test Date 	8-26-82	




Tire Pressure (psi) 	45	
Ambient Temp (°F) 	68
Barometer (in Hg) 	29.00
Test Weight (Ibm) 	2750 (2689)




Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm)      1734
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	48




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	—
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)     2798
Uncorrected Data
Coastdown Time (sec)          13.21
F0 (Ibf) 	39.7
F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0107
Corrected Data
Coastdown Time (sec)           13.21
F0 (Ibf)      '	39.7
F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0107	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	13.21	




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	2798 (2750 + 48)

-------
                            Table E-25




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle          AMC Concord
Coastdown Type   Track-straight




Test Date              7-28-82
Tire Pressure (psi) 	28/28




Ambient Temp (°F) 	89




Barometer (in Hg) 	29.81




Test Weight (Ibm) 	3508




Drive Axle Wt.  (Ibm)         1493
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	63




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	60
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)     3631
Uncorrected Data
Coastdown. Time (sec)          15.20
Fn (Ibf)               35.9
 o
F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0137
Corrected Data
Coastdown Time (sec)           14.67
F0 (Ibf)               39.0
 o
F2  (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0138	







Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	3563 (3500 + 63)




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	14.39

-------
                            Table E-26




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle          AMC Concord
Coastdown Type   Track-curved
Test Date              7-27-82
Tire Pressure (psi) 	28/28




Ambient Temp (°F) 	79




Barometer (in Hg) 	29.74




Test Weight (Ibm) 	3493




Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm)         1488
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	i	63




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	59
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm) 	3615
Uncorrected Data
Coastdown Time (sec)          14.49
Fn (Ibf)               37.4
F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0143	







Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	14. 31	




F0 (Ibf) 	39.2	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0142	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	3563 (3500 + 63)




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	14.11

-------
                            Table E-27




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle          AMC Concord
Coastdown Type  Dyno-straight,  coupled




Test Date 	8-20-82	




Tire Pressure (psi) 	45	
Ambient Temp (°F) 	68
Barometer (in Hg) 	29.00
Test Weight (Ibm) 	3508
Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm)      1463
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	63




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	—
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)     3563






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.50	




F0 (Ibf) 	32.1 	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0165	






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.50	




F0 (Ibf) 	      32.1      	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0165	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	3563	
Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec) 	13.50

-------
                            Table E-28




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle
                 AMC Concord
Coastdown Type  Dyno-straight, uncoupled




Test Date              8-25-82
Tire Pressure (psi)




Ambient Temp (°F) _




Barometer (in Hg) _




Test Weight (Ibm)
                          45
                          68
                          29.00
                          3508
Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm)
                          1442
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm)
                                                63
Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm)
                                                60
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent, Ibm)
                                                       3563
Uncorrected Data




.Coastdown Time (sec) 	




Fn (Ibf)               32.4
                              13.55
F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0164
Corrected Data
Coastdown Time (sec)
                               13.55
F0 (Ibf) 	32.4
F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2)
                        0.0164
Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	
                                 3563
Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec)
                                            13.55

-------
                            Table E-29




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle          Honda Civic
Coastdown Type    Track-straight




Test Date             10-01-82
Tire Pressure (psi)      32/32
Ambient Temp (°F)	81
Barometer (in Hg) 	29.78
Test Weight (Ibm) 	2277
Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm)      1334
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm)  	41




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	39
Total Weight (test wt.  + rotating equivalent,  Ibm)     2357
Uncorrected Data
Coastdown Time (sec) 	12.65	




F0 (Ibf) 	27.7	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0107	






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	12.49	




F0 (Ibf) 	29.8	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0105	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	2291  (2250  + 41)




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec)  	12.14

-------
                            Table E-30




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle          Honda Civic
Coastdown Type     Track-curved




Test Date             10-04-82
Tire Pressure ( psi)      32/32
Ambient Temp (°F) 	80
Barometer (in Hg) 	29.72
Test Weight (Ibm) 	2276
Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm)      1332
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm)  	41




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm)  	39
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent,  Ibm)     2356






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	12.50	




F0 (Ibf) 	24.6	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2)       0.0115	






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	.  .12.32	




F0 (Ibf) 	25.9	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2)       0.0115	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction (Ibm) 	2291  (2250  +  41)	




Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec)  	11.98	

-------
                            Table E-31

                          i
                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle          Honda Civic
Coastdown Type   Dyno-straight,  coupled


Test Date 	10-25-82	


Tire Pressure (psi) 	45	
Ambient Temp (°F) 	68
Barometer (in Hg) 	29.00
Test Weight (Ibm)         2250
Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm)      1335
Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	40


Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm)  	—
Total Weight (test wt. + rotating equivalent,  Ibm)      2290
Uncorrected Data
Coastdown Time (sec) 	12.065


F0 (Ibf) 	25.8	


F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0112	



Corrected Data


Coastdown Time (sec) •	12.065


F0 (Ibf) 	25.8	


F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0112	



Dynamometer Corrected Results


Mass Correction (Ibm)   	  2290
Dynamometer Coastdown Time (sec)  	12.065

-------
                            Table E-32




                          Coastdown Data
Vehicle          Honda Civic
Coastdown Type   Dyno-straight,  uncoupled




Test Date 	10-12-82	




Tire Pressure (psi) 	45	
Ambient Temp ( °F ) 	68
Barometer (in Hg) 	29.00
Test Weight (Ibm) 	2250
Drive Axle Wt. (Ibm)      1334
Driving Rotating Equivalent ( Ibm)  	40




Non-Driving Rotating Equivalent (Ibm) 	—
Total Weight (test wt.  + rotating equivalent, Ibm)     2290






Uncorrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	12.07	




F0 (Ibf) 	26.3	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0110	






Corrected Data




Coastdown Time (sec) 	12.07	




F0 (Ibf) 	26.3	




F2 (Ibf-sec2/ft2) 	0.0110	






Dynamometer Corrected Results




Mass Correction ( Ibm)  	       2290	^^^
Dynamometer Coastdown Time ( sec) 	12 .07

-------